everest base camp trek guide logo mountain iq

Classic EBC Trek

  • EBC + Gokyo Trek
  • Jiri to EBC
  • 3 Passes Trek to EBC
  • Island Peak and EBC
  • Acclimatisation
  • Packing List

Get a Trek Quote

Three passes trek to everest base camp  .

This guide covers the clockwise variation of the EBC and Three Passes Trek circuit by providing a detailed itinerary, route maps as well as answering questions on cost, packing, best times to trek and more.

The Three Passes Trek to Everest Base Camp is arguably the most complete trek in Nepal as it covers most of the Everest region on its circular route. The trek is more challenging than the  classic Everest Base Camp Trek  and its other variations as it involves traversing the three high passes that lend the trek its name – Renjo La, Cho La and Kongma La – each over 5,000m.

The trek begins in the popular starting point of Lukla before heading north along the classic trek to Namche Bazaar. Here, the route veers west as it splits from the main trek and heads up the Dudh Koshi valley, where you will encounter the first of the Three Passes – Renjo La (5,370m). After reaching the high point, the trail descends to the idyllic  Gokyo Lakes and further on to the village of Gokyo .

The route then turns east as you make your way to Everest Base Camp by crossing the second pass called Cho La Pass (5,420m). After the second pass you will have the opportunity to explore the intricacies of Everest Base Camp life as well as soaking up some of the best views of Everest and the surrounding peaks when you climb the  iconic viewpoint of Kala Patthar .

The inwards leg of the trek involves traversing the final of the Three Passes – Kongma La Pass (5,545m) – to join up with the classic Everest Base Camp Trek route that will take you down to Lukla, where the trek ends.

We do not sell tours,  we simply provide impartial advice . If you would like an exact quote from our recommended tour operator click Get a Quote.

Three Passes Trek

Regional map.

The Three Passes Trek is situated in the Everest or Khumbu region of Nepal as indicated by the orange block on the map below. Your journey will begin with a flight into the international airport in Kathmandu, the capital city, followed by a domestic flight to Lukla where the actual trekking begins.

everest-base-camp-trek-regional-map-image-1

Instead of flying to Lukla – an experience itself – you can trek the  Jiri to Everest Base Camp variation . This involves taking a bus from Kathmandu to Jiri where you trek through the Solu Khumbu Valley up to Lukla before re-joining the main trek. This variation can be used for any trek that starts in Lukla, but will add at least 6 days onto the trek.

Trekking Map

This simplified map below shows the Three Passes Circuit and the major towns and villages it goes through. Both the clockwise and anticlockwise variations of the trek start with the 2-day trek to Namche Bazaar where you will spend a day exploring to  acclimatise to the high altitude .

The clockwise variation, detailed in this guide, follows the route north-west through the Dudh Koshi valley and the village of Thame before reaching the first pass – Renjo La. You will pass through Gokyo as you move east towards the second pass of Cho La, which takes you to the town of Lobuche. From Lobuche you will trek north to Gorak Shep – your base while you visit Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar viewpoint.

The trek back to Lukla crosses the third and final pass of Kongma La, reaching Chhukung before joining up with the classic route back to Lukla. The last few days of the trek involve the relatively easy descent back to Lukla where your flight will be waiting to take you back to Kathmandu.

Recommended Guidebooks

nepal-trekking-guidebook

The Three Passes Trek is quite challenging as it involves traversing very high passes over 19 days of trekking. For this reason, we do not recommend trekking solo or without a guide who will have extensive knowledge and experience of trekking in the region.

A good guide book with a map, however, can be very useful when wanting to learn more about the area or when searching activities to do on your rest or acclimatization days.

The Lonely Planet Trekking in Nepal Himalaya guide  is a regularly updated and informative guide that will include maps and sightseeing opportunities for a variety of treks in the region.

In terms of a map we recommend  Nepa Maps – Three Passes and Everest Region map.

Detailed Itinerary

As with all treks, your journey to trek the Three Passes will start with an international flight into Kathmandu. A short flight to Lukla will precede the start of the trek that takes you through the Dudh Koshi valley before looping around through Gokyo and heading to Everest Base Camp. The inwards leg will take you east over your final pass and back to Lukla.

Most tour operators will list the Three Passes Trek as an 18/19-day trek. Of these days, usually 15 will be spent trekking with a further 1 or 2 acclimatization days, meaning 14 days of actual trekking can be expected.

Day 1: Arrive in Kathmandu

Arrive in the capital of Kathmandu after what is sure to be a long flight from home. Make your way to the hotel where you can relax for a bit before setting out to explore some of the vibrant city.

thamel-ebc-trek

Vibrant streets of Thamel, Kathmandu

Day 2: Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Pkadking

An early morning flight will take you to Lukla, the starting point of the trek. Despite being only 35 minutes, the flight is a memorable one! Try to sit on the right-hand side of the plane for the best views of Everest as you approach Lukla.

The trek starts with fairly short descent to Phadking, where you will pass stone walls decorated with prayer inscriptions – called Mani in the local language. You will spend the night in Phadking.

Day 3: Trek to Namche Bazaar

The trek to Namche Bazaar will see you enter the Sagarmatha National Park , a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The village of Namche Bazaar is the central trading post of the region and is always bustling with life.

Day 4: Acclimatisation Day

Day 4 is an acclimatisation day spent in Namche Bazaar. Explore the village, stock up on some much-needed snacks for the trek ahead and be sure to check out the bakery – one of the best! The market on a Saturday is also a major attraction.

Day 5: Namche to Thame

The trail now splits from the popular base camp route and heads north-west through the small Sherpa village of Thamo before reaching Thame, where you will be staying the night. Take some time to learn a bit about the local traditions and their intrinsic connection with the mountain on which you are standing.

Day 6: Thame to Lumde

4-5 hours of trekking will see you cross the Bhote Koshi river before heading up the valley to Lumde. As you start to gain altitude you should get some great views of the snow-capped peaks in the region.

Day 7: Lumde over Renjo La to Gokyo

Today you will encounter your first of the Three Passes – Renjo La. The route starts off easy but will soon turn into a hard day of hiking as you near the end of the ascent of Renjo La. Try to think of the magnificent views you will get at the top to motivate you!

After the pass, you will descend to the third of the Gokyo Lakes and then trek onto the village of Gokyo for the night. After some rest you can even climb up the ridge to get some amazing views of the lakes, the highest freshwater lake system in the world.

Day 8: Gokyo Ri (Acclimatisation Day)

Today you climb your first peak Gokyo Ri for fabulous views of Cho Oyu. You will do this climb early and then have the rest of the day to rest.

Day 9: Gokyo to Thaknak

Cross the Ngozumpa Glacier – the largest glacier in Nepal – over the course of an easy day’s trekking. Once again, keep your camera close as you trek through this beautiful part of Nepal!

You will reach Thaknak where you will go on a small acclimatization hike before lodging for the night.

Day 10: Over Cho La to Zungla

Often considered the hardest day of the trek, today involves traversing the second pass of Cho La. At over 5,300m, reaching the top will require some effort.

You will spot the famous prayer flags as you near the top of the pass, after which you descend over the other side of the pass to reach Zungla.

Day 11: Zungla to Gorak Shep

Start the day with an easy downhill portion to reach Lobuche, one of the major stops on the classic Everest Base Camp Trek. Join up with the crowds of trekkers as you make your way to Gorak Shep.

You will be afforded great views of the famous Khumbu Glacier as well as the peaks of Everest, Lhotse and Nuptse. Spend the night in the busy Gorak Shep.

Day 12: Gorak Shep to EBC and back

A short trek following the ridge of the Khumbu Glacier will take you to the Everest Base Camp. Make the most of your time here, as trekking groups are not typically allowed to stay overnight at the base camp.

Feel the buzz and excitement of the place, packed with potential future summiteers of Everest! Descend later that day down the same ridge back to Gorak Shep for some much-earned rest and sleep.

Day 13: Kala Patthar hike and then onto Lobuche

An early morning start is needed to summit the trekking peak of Kala Patthar – the iconic viewpoint of Everest. After snapping some pics, head back to Gorak Shep for a quick meal before descending further to Lobuche for the night.

how-difficult-is-the-everest-base-camp-trek-1

View of Everest, EBC and Khumbu Glacier from Kala Pattar

Day 14: Kongma La Pass and onto Chukkung

You leave the classic base camp route today as you head east through the Khumbu Glacier to reach the third and final pass of the trip – Kongma La Pass. At 4,700m the pass is the highest of the three and lacks any shops or tea houses along the way.

After a tiring ascent to the top, descend into the Chukkung Valley and eventually to the village of Chukkung where you will stay in the lodge overnight.

Day 15: Chukkung Ri and then to Dingboche

Today you will climb Chukkung Ri (5,550m) and trek to Dingboche (4,410m)This peak is the hardest of the three you can attempt on this treks and involves some easy scrambling near the summit. The views from the top down the Khumbu Valley are superb. You descend to Dingboche where you will stay in a lodge overnight

Day 16: Dingboche to Namche Bazaar

A downhill trekking day will take you through the verdant fields and rhododendron covered hillside on your way to Namche Bazaar. Pass through the village of Khumjung where you can eat lunch before completing the descent to Namche Bazaar where you will stay overnight.

Day 17: Namche to Phakding

You continue through Namche Bazaar, descend Namche Hill and cross the Dudh Koshi. You are now sauntering back along familiar paths to Phakding. Overnight lodge.

Day 18: Phakding to Lukla

The last day of trekking will take you through some lovely pine scented forests before reaching Lukla where a cold drink and a hot meal await you!

Day 19: Fly back from Lukla to Kathmandu

Weather permitting, catch the morning flight back to Kathmandu to end off what is sure to be the trip of a lifetime.

Day 20: Depart Nepal

After your last night in Nepal, make your way to the airport to hop onto your flight back home, where you can tell all your friends and family about the time you had!

Altitude Profile

The altitude chart below shows the typical progression of the Three Passes Hike through the major stopping points along the way. The three spikes of the passes are clearly visible along with the spike of Kala Patthar – the iconic viewpoint.

three-passes-trek-altitude

The ascent profile of this trek is slightly harder than the classic Everest Base Camp trek because it involves rapid ascents of the passes.

Three Passes Trek FAQ

How long does the 3 passes trek take.

The 3 passes trek generally takes 20-21 days depending on the operator and route. This is one of the longest commercial treks available in this region of Nepal.

How much does the Three Passes Trek Cost?

Tour operators will charge in the region of £1,200 to £2,500 for a guided Three Passes Trek. We definitely recommend using a tour operator for a trek of this difficulty and length – preferably a western tour operator whose guides and equipment will be of a higher standard.

The cost will include all board and lodging for the 18 days, all domestic travel and domestic flights, meals, shared equipment and knowledgeable guides. For a detailed breakdown of costs on the classic Everest Base Camp Trek,  read our article here .

What are the three passes on the EBC and Three Passes route?

The Three Passes route gets its name from the three high mountain passes that you will cross during this trek. These are   Kongma La (5,550m / 18,209 ft, Cho La (5,420m / 17,782 ft) and Renjo La (5, 360m / 17,560 ft).

When is the best time to trek the Three Passes?

As with all treks in the Everest region, it is advisable to avoid the winter months as well as the peak summer months during the monsoon season. The shoulder months of February-May and September-October provide the most stable and dry weather conditions for trekking.

Our detailed article on the  best time to trek in the Everest region will give a much more in-depth analysis of the conditions faced in different months.

How difficult is the 3 passes trek?

The Three Passes Trek is considerably harder than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek so we recommend you have a good fitness level before embarking. Ascending the high passes involves long days of strenuous trekking that would not be encountered on the classic base camp trek and other variations.

6/7 hours of trekking per day is to be expected and altitudes of up to 5,500m are reached on the trek. That being said, the trek is still very popular among people wanting a bit more of a challenge.  Read our training article to get an idea of how much you should prepare for a trek in Nepal.

Will I get altitude sickness?

Despite crossing some very high passes, the trek has been designed to follow the principle of trek high, sleep low. That means that you will not be spending extended periods of time at altitudes above 5,000m. The itinerary also has acclimatisation days as well as nights spent at lower altitudes to help the acclimatisation progress. If you follow the guide you should not have a problem.

That being said, altitude sickness can affect anyone regardless of age or level of fitness so we recommend doing some preparation reading. Our  detailed article on altitude sickness and acclimatisation is a good starting point.

What gear should I pack for the Three Passes Trek?

The packing list for a trek of this length can look quite long! For this reason, we have dedicated an article to help you tackle the challenge that is packing. In our  Everest Base Camp Trek packing list we provide list of clothing and equipment that you should bring, as well as some brands that we recommend based on our experience of using them.

What insurance do I need?

The short answer is yes. Trekking in Nepal at high altitudes comes along with various risks that are not covered by typical travel insurance. We recommend taking out insurance that covers trekking to altitudes up to 6,000m as well as medical evacuation from the mountain.

We have a  detailed article to help to find the best policy that will suit your needs. Alternatively, use the quote calculator below from our recommended partner, World Nomads. They offer insurance that covers guided hikes up to 6000m and include a premium for Helicopter Evacuation in Nepal.

Route Variations

ebc trek guide contact

One of the more popular variations of the Everest Base Camp Trek , the Gokyo Lakes Trek, also starts at Lukla and follows the classic base camp trek to Namche Bazar where it forks north-west.

The trek proceeds through the towns of Dole and Machhermo before reaching the stunning Gokyo Lakes. From there you ascend to the peak of Gokyo Ri in the north, before traversing Cho La Pass and re-joining the classic trek at Lobuche.

The detour adds 2/3 days onto the trek but provides the wonderful opportunity to summit a peak while also avoiding some of the busier parts of the trek.

Gokyo Lakes Trek

gokyo lakes trek

One of the more popular variations of the Everest Base Camp Trek, the Gokyo Lakes Trek, also starts at Lukla and follows the classic base camp trek to Namche Bazar where it forks north-west.

Jiri to Everest Base Camp

jiri-to-everest-base-camp-nunthala

This variation of the classic trek offers an alternative to flying into to Lukla from Kathmandu to start the trek. The Jiri variation starts with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri, where the trek begins.

The variation adds an extra 5/6 days onto the trip as you trek through the Solu-Khumbu region and make your way past Lukla, where the trek then follows the same route as the classic Everest Base Camp Trek.

It involves a scenic, yet very long, bus ride as well as a lot more exposure to the Tibetan and Sherpa cultures. Expect to trek through more forests and streams as you start at the relatively low altitude of 1,800m and work your way up to Lukla and beyond.

Island Peak Climb

island peak

The variation trek that involves summiting Island Peak is significantly harder than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek. The climb to the peak is somewhat technical although and requires basic knowledge of using crampons and ice axes. Standing at just under 6,200m, however, altitude can be the real challenge.

Most climbers of Island Peak use the traditional base camp trek as a means of acclimatising before heading to the Island Peak Base Camp via Dingboche on the main trail, or by traversing the Chongma La pass. Summiting from the base camp typically takes two days and the whole variation will add around 4 days onto the classic trek.

Author Image

Mark Whitman

Hi, I'm Mark! Welcome to EBC Trek Guide - the Web's No.1 Trekking Guide to Everest Base Camp. I have trekked all over Nepal, but the Everest region remains my favourite. I hope you find all the answers you are looking for on this site. If you have any questions don't hesitate to drop a comment below! Happy Trekking!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Thank you. How slippery or rocky is the terrain on cho la pass? I don’t feel comfortable boulder hopping or walking on slippery terrain. You can train for uphill or distances but being able to balance on icy or scree surfaces is something else. We are looking at going in october . Any comments would be most welcome.

Hi Brigitte, the Cho La Pass consists of mix terrain that can vary quite considerably depending on prevailing weather conditions during the week you go. In general through you can expect mixed rock / scree terrain with areas that can be a little slippery with black / blue ice. Careful footing throughout is important. Show cover is quite likely too so it is worth taking basic yak tracks just in case you need additional grip. Hope this helps!

Is the path traveled and visible? Are there cairns, that Point the pass? Are there some kind of signs along the path? Is it easy to get accommodation for the night? Thank you

Hi Francisco, the three passes trek does follow a well defined route but it is not very well signposted. I would recommended taking a guide and / or getting a detailed map of the region. Accommodation throughout the route is not a problem, there are many small villages on the route and all have teahouse accommodation for trekkers. All the best!

What do you do for food along the route? The 3 peak pass in particular. Do you buy food for the day at every tea house? Thanks

Hi Frank, there are lots of teahouses along the Three Passes trek. In terms of lunch you can usually find a teahouse to stop at half way through your daily trek, or take a snack with you and only stop for dinner.

Thanks for the reply Mark!

Thanks for the useful information. Is this trek possible late December-early January? I did ACC last year late Dec-early Jan (including Tilicho), and it was wonderful, although desperately cold at higher altitudes. I assume this trek is colder as I would spend more time at higher elevation. I also appreciated that although less crowded that time of the year, there was good company in the higher teahouses and passes. Although I have no problem trekking alone, I would not feel completely comfortable spending days around 5000m completely alone. So my question would be, is this trek less crowded generally and colder than Annapurna Circuit?

Hi Daniel, I would say this trek will be colder than the Annapurna Circuit in Dec/Jan as you spend a lot more time at high altitude. The passes are also prone to closing in the winter if the weather is bad and there has been a lot of snow fall. I would definitely recommend taking a guide if you plan to trek the three passes.

I am planning for three pass trek in the first week of may. I have 15 days Itinerary. Is it possible to get it done including island peak. I am fit and I have plan to walk 9 hours per day. Plz let me know.

Thanks & Regards, Gopal

Hi Gopal, it’s possible to complete the 3 passes trek in 15 days, but the risk of altitude sickness (unless you are pre-acclimatised) is pretty high. Adding in Island Peak in addition would be a big ask, but doable if you are super fit and deal with the altitude well on the passes trek.

Hello there. I’m planning on attempting the 3 passes trek November 20-Dec 9 of this year. Is there a reason that you suggest clockwise? Most of the other places I have seen are suggesting counterclockwise. Any info would be greatly appreciated. Thanks!

Hi Murphy, thanks for getting in touch. I have no strong preference for either format. The reason why I suggest the clockwise route is because this is the I followed when completing the 3 Passes. The counterclockwise is equally as valid though.

Hi Mark, I am thinking about doing the Three Passes Trek. I have done Kilimanjaro one year before and further I do sport (mostly running, climbing, cycling) 3-4 times a week. However, I have never trekked for 19 days at high altitude and I don’t do a lot of trekking in my free time. Neither do I live in a place where my body is accustomed to higher altitude. I wonder if this is a trek I could do? Thank you in advance for your thoughts.

Hi Elene, you definitely sound fit enough to complete the 3 Passes. The key is to pace yourself, build in enough acclimatisation days to get accustomed to the high altitude, and make sure to look after your health with a good diet throughout. If you completed Kilimanjaro, you can definitely do the Three Passes. All the best!

Hi Mark thanks for all your useful information. I’m hoping to complete the Three Passes soon. I have years of experience. When would you suggest is the earliest I can expect to safely complete it. Mid-February OK?

Hi Rick, mid Feb can still be quite snowy and the passes may be closed. If you can push your dates a little bit further out – to mid March – then the probability of closed passes reduces (obviously there are no guarantees though). All the best!

Get a quote from the best local trek operator in Nepal! 

  • Quick Inquiry : +9779841480794

Life Dream Adventure Logo

Three High Passes Trek in Clockwise Direction Vs Counter Clock Wise Direction

3 passes trek clockwise

Table of Contents

The Everest Three High Passes Trek is a challenging and rewarding trek that takes you through the beautiful Khumbu region of Nepal. The Everest Three High Passes Trek covers three high mountain passes: Kongma La (5,535m), Cho La (5,420m), and Renjo La (5,360m). One of the main decisions you need to make when planning the Everest Three High Passes Trek is whether to do it in a clockwise or counter-clockwise direction. Here are some factors to consider for each direction:

Clockwise direction

The  Everest Three High Passes Trek clockwise direction starts from Lukla and goes through Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, Gorak Shep, and Gokyo before returning to Lukla. Some of the advantages of doing the trek in this direction include:

1.    Better acclimatization

The gradual ascent from Namche Bazaar to Gorak Shep helps with acclimatization, which is important for the high altitude passes. The gradual ascent from Namche Bazaar to Gorak Shep helps trekkers adjust to the high altitude, which is important for successfully crossing the three high passes. The elevation gain is spread out over a longer distance, giving the body more time to adjust to the altitude.

2.    More gradual ascents

The passes are approached with a gradual ascent, which makes it easier to acclimatize to the high altitude.

3.    Stunning views

The views of the mountains are incredible, and the clockwise direction offers some of the best views of Mount Everest. The trek offers amazing views of the world's tallest mountain, and the clockwise direction provides some of the best vantage points to see it. Trekkers are rewarded with incredible views of Mount Everest from Kala Patthar and other high points along the trek.

Counter-clockwise direction

On the other hand, the  Everest Three High Passes Trek in  counter-clockwise direction offers its own unique advantages. The counter-clockwise direction starts from Lukla and goes through Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, Gokyo, and Gorak Shep before returning to Lukla. Some of the advantages of doing the trek in this direction include:

1.    Challenging descents

It provides challenging descents rather than ascents. The steep descent from Cho La Pass to Dzongla can be easier than ascending it. This can be an advantage for trekkers who may struggle with ascending steep inclines.

2.    More time at Gokyo

The trek in counter-clockwise direction allows for more time at Gokyo, which is a beautiful location with stunning views of the Gokyo Lakes and surrounding mountains. The counter-clockwise direction allows trekkers to spend more time exploring Gokyo and its surroundings before heading to Gorak Shep.

3.    Fewer crowds

The counter-clockwise direction is less popular than the clockwise direction, which means trekkers are likely to encounter fewer crowds on the trail. This can be an advantage for those who prefer to trek in solitude and enjoy a more peaceful experience.

Overall, both directions have their advantages, and the decision ultimately comes down to personal preference and experience. Regardless of the direction chosen, the Everest Three High Passes Trek is a challenging and rewarding trek that offers incredible views of the Himalayas and an unforgettable experience for trekkers. Also, it is important to consult with an experienced guide or trekking company to determine the best direction for you based on your fitness level, experience, and acclimatization needs.

We Are Associated With

Master Card

Find & Follow Us on

© 2011 - 2024 All rights reserved. Life Dream Adventure. Developed By: Xenatech Nepal .

Notice. This site uses cookies to optimize your user experience. By using this site, you are consenting to our use of these cookies. Check out our Privacy Policy and our Cookies Policy.

Going the Whole Hogg

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING ROUTE

A trekker and guide descending the rocky trail from Kongma La to Lobuche

EVEREST THREE PASSES

ROUTE GUIDE

A man crosses a suspension bridge in the morning sun on the Everest Three Passses trekking route

Pin Tweet Share WhatsApp

A GUIDE TO THE TRAIL

In this guide we share detailed trail notes about the Everest Three Passes trekking route. This includes section distances and estimated trekking times, plus info about food, services, and accommodation options along the way. There is also a description of the trail and we offer a downloadable route map for online or offline use. As a visual accompaniment to this written guide you can watch our Everest Three Passes film, and for everything else you need to know to plan your trek, check out our Essential Guide To The Everest Three Passes Trek .

TREK OVERVIEW THREE PASSES FILM MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD THREE PASSES ITINERARY ELEVATION PROFILE

TREKKING ROUTE LUKLA → MONJO MONJO → NAMCHE BAZAAR NAMCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY NAMCHE → PANGBOCHE PANGBOCHE → DINGBOCHE NANGKARTSHANG HIKE DINGBOCHE → CHUKHUNG CHUKHUNG RI HIKE CROSSING KONGMA LA LOBUCHE → GORAK SHEP KALA PATTHAR HIKE EVEREST BASE CAMP GORAK SHEP → LOBUCHE LOBUCHE → DZONGLHA CROSSING CHO LA DRAGNAG → GOKYO GOKYO RI HIKE CROSSING RENJO LA THAME → MONJO MONJO → LUKLA

*Some of the links in this post are affiliate links – if you purchase a product or service via these links, we may earn a small commission  at no extra cost to you . This helps offset the cost of running this blog and keeps us travelling so that we can continue to produce great content for you. We greatly appreciate your support!*

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK OVERVIEW

  • DISTANCE | Approx 160 km (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
  • DURATION | 17 – 22 days (incl. flying to/from Lukla)
  • START/END | Lukla
  • PERMITS REQUIRED | Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR; Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR / Nepali nationals 100 NPR)
  • TREKKING SEASON | Best Seasons: April to Mid-May , October to Mid-November ; Shoulder Seasons: March, Late May, September, Mid-November to December ; Avoid: June to August, January to February
  • TREK DIFFICULTY | Challenging
  • ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS | +/- approx 13500 metres (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
  • MAX ALTITUDE | 5611 m (Kala Patthar) or 5514 m (Kongma La)
  • GUIDE MANDATORY? | Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region
  • ACCOMMODATION | Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail
  • TREK COST | $34 – $140 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)
  • RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY | Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

DISTANCE Approx 160 km (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

DURATION 17 – 22 days (incl. flying to/from Lukla)

START/END Lukla

PERMITS REQUIRED Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR, Nepali nationals 100 NPR)

TREKKING SEASON Best Season April to Mid-May October to Mid-November Shoulder Seasons March, Late May, September Mid-November to December Months To Avoid June, July, August January and February

TREK DIFFICULTY Challenging

ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS +/- approx 13500 metres (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

MAX ALTITUDE 5611 m (Kala Patthar) or 5514 m (Kongma La)

GUIDE MANDATORY? Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region

ACCOMMODATION Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail

TREK COST $34 – $140 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING FILM

Get a sense of the Everest Three Passes trekking route in our ‘silent hiking’ style ambient film.

Watch the behind the scenes version of our Everest Three Passes trek on Instagram stories

Watch the behind the scenes version of our three passes trek on instagram stories .

Everest Three Passes Trek Stories

MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING ROUTE //

We have created a detailed Everest Three Passes digital trekking map to accompany this guide. The full trekking route is marked, including Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes, along with day hikes around Namche Bazaar and Gokyo, and to Nangkartshang, Chukhung Ri, Kala Patthar, and Gokyo Ri. Alternative routes avoiding the passes are also marked, as is the overland route between Salleri and Lukla. 

Detailed stats and an elevation profile are included for each route section. Guesthouse settlements and tea shops are also marked, as well as key sights and practical info such as checkpoints, hospitals, and transport hubs. Guesthouses as per our own trek itinerary are marked, including info about prices and services, phone numbers (where possible), and a copy of the menu. Photos are included with almost every pin. 

You can use the digital map online, or download it for offline use with a mapping app such as Organic Maps, Maps.me or Gaia GPS. This is very helpful for navigation assistance on the trail. It allows you to quickly pinpoint key places and services along the way and calculate distances and elevation differences between destinations.

Note that while we’ve tried to be as accurate as possible when recording and mapping the route, changes on the ground are inevitable (especially on routes crossing glaciers) and this map should not be solely relied upon for navigation.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK ITINERARY

TREK ITINERARY

We have outlined below what we feel is an ideal itinerary for the Everest Three Passes trekking route. This is a 19 day itinerary which includes flying to and from Lukla. We have noted the trekking distance and an approximate trekking time for each day (excluding lunch stops, breaks, etc), as well as stats on elevation gain/loss and sleeping altitude.

Note that this itinerary outlines an anti-clockwise trekking route, crossing Kongma La first, and Renjo La last. You can read more about our thoughts on why this is the best direction to trek in the ‘Is it best to do the Everest Three Passes trek clockwise or anti-clockwise?’ section of our guide.

For a few alternative route options which you may wish to consider, check out this section of our guide .

If viewing on a mobile device or tablet, scroll to the right to see the full table or flip your screen to landscape mode

*On days 10 and 11 the standard itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

We partnered with  Himalayan Masters for our Langtang Valley, Gosainkunda, and Everest Three Passes treks, and found them to be very professional and committed to a high level of service

To enquire about booking your own trek, get in touch via email at [email protected] and mention the code HOGG5 to get a 5% discount off the cost of your trip

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK ELEVATION PROFILE

ELEVATION PROFILE

The image below shows the elevation profile of the Everest Three Passes trek, starting and ending in Lukla and going in an anti-clockwise direction, crossing Kongma La first, Cho La second, and Renjo La third. The route shown here includes the various acclimatisation and side hikes outlined in this guide. Elevation is displayed in metres and distance in kilometres.

Elevation profile for the Everest Three Passes trek in an anti-clockwise direction, including acclimatisation and side hikes

3D ROUTE MAP

Watch our 3D relief map video of the route to visualise the landscape and get a sense of the Everest Three Passes trek.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING ROUTE BREAKDOWN

ROUTE BREAKDOWN AND TRAIL DESCRIPTION

Below is the breakdown of the Everest Three Passes trekking route as outlined in the itinerary table above. Each day includes an overview, distances, elevation gain and loss, estimated trekking times without breaks, a detailed description of the trail, and info about food, services, and accommodation options.

The following route breakdown starts and ends in Lukla. For detailed information about the various ways of getting to/from Lukla, check out the the ‘How to get to Lukla’ section of our guide.

DAY 1: LUKLA → MONJO

Everest three passes trekking route day 1:, lukla → monjo, 12.6 km | + 1117 m / – 1148 m | 4.5 hours, + 1117 m / – 1148 m.

Today is a straightforward introduction to the trek. There are no lengthy ascents or descents and mostly wide stone paths to walk on, although there are plenty of short ups and downs throughout the day. There are a couple of checkpoints along the way and regular villages with guesthouses where you can eat or stop for tea. You’ll no doubt encounter plenty of pack mules and yaks – when letting them pass, be sure to wait on the side of the trail without a drop-off.

The trek elevation profile for the Lukla to Monjo section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE LUKLA TO MONJO ROUTE

The table below details the main guesthouse villages and services available along the route from Lukla to Monjo. On this section, there are also many smaller settlements and guesthouses that lie between those mentioned in the table.  The distances and times noted cover the sections between the stops, not the total from the start.

If viewing on a mobile device or tablet, scroll to the right to see the full table or flip your screen to landscape mode.

Lukla → Phakding

7.5 km | + 472 m / – 687 m | 2.5 hours, + 472 m / – 687 m.

From the airport, the route leads through the town of Lukla, a bustling place with shop-lined streets and plenty of guesthouses and restaurants. Pass through the Pasang Lhamu Gate (celebrating the first Nepali woman to summit Everest) and at the bottom of the steps you’ll reach the Khumbu Trek Card registration desk.

It takes around 2 hours to trek from here to Phakding. The route leads downhill from Lukla before climbing towards Phakding, although there are plenty of flatter sections and some short ups and downs. The trail is mostly on wide stone paths, with a few bridges to cross along the way. You’ll pass through villages regularly and there are plenty of options for tea or food stops. There are also a number of mani stones and prayer wheels – be sure to walk on the left when passing these.

Phakding is a busy lunch spot and also a popular overnight stop for trekkers heading to Namche Bazaar. You’ll come to the main part of the village first, with a few more guesthouses situated across the bridge on the opposite side of the Dudh Koshi. Phakding is bigger than Monjo and tends to be the busier accommodation option. Continuing to Monjo means less people to share the trail with come morning.

Trekkers passing large mani stones and prayer flags on the Lukla to Phakding section of the Everest Three Passes trek

Passing mani stones on the left between Lukla and Phakding

Trekkers passing large mani stones and prayer flags on the Lukla to Phakding section of the Everest Three Passes trek

Phakding → Monjo

5.1 km | + 645 m / – 461 m | 2 hours, + 645 m / – 461 m.

The trail from Phakding to Monjo includes more uphill sections than before Phakding, but it isn’t too challenging. The route is similar: passing through various villages, walking on stone paths, and crossing a couple of bridges. There is another Khumbu Trek Card checkpoint at Toc Toc.

The village of Monjo is situated on a hillside and there are numerous guesthouses spread throughout, most with good views looking towards the impressive tree-covered cliffs opposite.

OUR MONJO ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Hotel Mini Tibet

ROOM | Two single beds, table, sheet and pillow, blanket + attached bathroom

ROOM COST | 1000 NPR

BATHROOM | Attached bathroom; sit down toilet; hot shower (solar)

DAL BHAT | 600 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 300 NPR for gas shower (no charge for solar shower in attached bathroom)

CHARGING | 200 NPR

WIFI |   300 NPR

PHONE SIGNAL | Phone signal, weak data

DAY 2: MONJO → NAMCHE BAZAAR

Everest three passes trekking route day 2:, monjo → namche bazaar, 5.1 km | + 983 m / – 390m | 3 hours, + 983 m / – 390m.

Today you’ll enter Sagarmatha National Park. You can enjoy lovely river and forest views and get to experience the thrill of crossing the 125 metre high Hillary Suspension Bridge (along with a couple of others). There is only one village along the way, Jorsale, which is around 40 minutes’ walk from Monjo. There are no teahouses after this however pop-up vendors can be found at a couple of spots on the climb to Namche, serving soft drinks, biscuits, fruit, face masks, strepsils, cigarettes… all the essentials ; ) Make sure you have enough water with you to last until Namche Bazaar.

The trek elevation profile for the Monjo to Namche Bazaar section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE MONJO TO NAMCHE BAZAAR ROUTE

Climb up through Monjo and you’ll reach the Sagarmatha National Park entrance on the edge of the village, where your permit will be checked.

Pass through the decorative gate and descend the wide stone staircase before crossing the Dudh Koshi on a suspension bridge and entering the small village of Jorsale. There are a few guesthouses, small shops, and cafes here.

Shortly after Jorsale you’ll cross a second suspension bridge and follow a wide trail alongside the river where you can enjoy increasingly beautiful views. About 1 km from the second suspension bridge you’ll reach a wonderful viewpoint where you can look up at the Hillary Suspension Bridge, the third and most impressive of the day.

A view of the Hillary Suspension bridge from the riverside trail 125 metres below, on the Monjo to Namche Bazaar section of the Everest Three Passes trek

The Hillary Suspension Bridge as seen from the valley floor, with the old bridge still in place below

A view of the Hillary Suspension bridge from the riverside trail 125 metres below, on the Monjo to Namche Bazaar section of the Everest Three Passes trek

From here you’ll be climbing all the way to Namche Bazaar, an ascent of about 700 metres. A wide stone staircase leads up to the bridge, where you may need to wait a few minutes depending on how busy the trail is. The Hillary Bridge can be pretty nerve wracking to cross, given its height from the ground (125 metres), and also if it’s especially windy and/or crowded.

After the bridge the climb continues up through pine forest on a rock and dirt trail which can get quite dusty, and which is also fairly steep in parts. This section can be a bit of a bottleneck, with lots of yak and mule trains, porters, and groups of trekkers moving in both directions. Look out for a convenient side trail favoured by porters which leads slightly uphill to the right shortly after the public toilets. This route runs parallel to the main trail for a while before rejoining it near the top, and it’s usually less busy. You’ll need to show your Khumbu Trek Card at the checkpoint on the outskirts of Namche, after which it’s just a short distance to the town itself.

Namche Bazaar has a mix of guesthouses and local homes, dotted up the terraced hillsides in a horseshoe shape. It’s a bustling place and the main hub for the region, with trekkers and climbers converging here on the way up and down to Everest Base Camp, the Three Passes, Gokyo Lakes, and elsewhere. There are lots of shops, bakeries, cafes, and even an ATM or two (although it’s best not to rely on this and bring cash from Kathmandu). If you need to pick up any extra gear, there are at least three genuine gear shops stocking Icebreaker, Osprey, Sea to Summit, Black Diamond, Salomon, La Sportiva, Katadyn, The North Face, etc, plus the usual fake gear shops.

OUR NAMCHE BAZAAR ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Hotel 8848

ROOM | Two single beds, table, sheets and pillows, blanket + attached bathroom

ROOM COST | 1500 NPR (attached bathroom); 1000 NPR (shared bathroom)

BATHROOM | Attached bathroom; sit down toilet; hot shower (solar and gas)

DAL BHAT | 750 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | Free (rooms with attached bathroom); 500 NPR (rooms with shared bathroom)

CHARGING | Free in room with attached bathroom

WIFI | Free

PHONE SIGNAL | Yes

OTHER | Comfortable; great rooms (with attached bathroom) on top floor

DAY 3: NAMCHE BAZAAR ACCLIMATISATION DAY

Everest three passes trekking route day 3:, namche bazaar acclimatisation day, 5.6 km – 9.1 km | +/- 550 – 740 m | 3 – 6 hours, 5.6 km – 9.1 km, +/- 550 – 740 m, 3 – 6 hours.

It’s important to acclimatise properly throughout your Everest Three Passes trek. This allows your body time to get used to the ever-increasing altitude as you ascend to 5000 metres and above. Building in rest days, staying well hydrated, and going on acclimatisation hikes (where you climb higher during the day but sleep lower at night) are all good ways of helping your body acclimatise. Unless you are already acclimatised (for example you have been at altitudes of 4000 metres and higher within the previous week), spending a second night at Namche Bazaar is highly recommended, even if it seems like you feel physically fine. Use the extra day to go on an acclimatisation hike (no big backpack required!) and take the time to rest and hydrate.

The trek elevation profile for one possible Namche Bazaar acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

The most common destination for an acclimatisation hike from Namche Bazaar is the Hotel Everest View (3880 m) , where you can get lunch or a drink and enjoy fantastic views from the terrace. It takes around 3 hours to hike up to the hotel and back down again.

A morning view of Namche Bazaar on the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes treks, the buildings bright in the morning sun and snow capped peaks rising behind

Morning view of Namche Bazaar from the northeast

A morning view of Namche Bazaar on the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes treks, the buildings bright in the morning sun and snow capped peaks rising behind

A must-visit on the way is Sagarmatha Next , a learning/experience/visitor centre and gallery championing waste management solutions for the Khumbu region. There are exhibitions on local culture, geography, history, climbing and trekking, flora and fauna, and the environmental challenges facing the region. There is also an art gallery showcasing artwork made from waste, a film salon showing documentaries, a VR experience, and a shop selling upcycled souvenirs made from waste plastic from the Khumbu, designed by Super Local. Check out this video to learn more about the great design project. At the Waste Lab artists and product designers work on upcycling projects, and workshops are held regularly. There is a cafe, too.

If you are interested in extending your hike for the day and seeing more of the local area, doing a loop via Khumjung village is a great option. Khumjung is the largest Sherpa village in the region, with an impressive monastery and a school founded by Edmund Hillary in 1960. The original classroom is now the Sir Edmund Hillary Visitor Centre , another great place to visit and learn about the Khumbu region. The loop hike (including Hotel Everest View) is around 7.5 km, and you should allow up to 5 hours for the hike. If you are interested and have the energy you could also include a visit to Khunde village (home to another monastery). This would extend the route to around 9.1 km and you should allow up to 6 hours.

SEE MORE FROM NEPAL

Featured image for the Everest Base Camp trek guide, featuring a trekker walking on a rocky trail with mountain peaks in the distance

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Essential Guide

With Ama Dablam as a backdrop, a trekker and guide stop to enjoy the views while doing the Nangkartshang acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes trek

Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide

A hiker and guide cross a flat, rocky section before Kongma La on the Everest Three Passes trek, with the snowy ridgeline to the east visible behind

Everest Three Passes Trek: The Essential Guide

A trekker and guide climbing the snow covered slope towards Laurebina Pass (4650 m), with the blue surface of Gosainkunda shining in the morning sun below

Gosainkunda Helambu Trekking Route Guide

Snow covered guesthouses reflected in the bright blue waters of Gosainkunda

Gosainkunda Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers enjoying mountain views and a well earned rest atop Kyanjin Ri (4586 m) in the Langtang Valley

Langtang Valley Trekking Route Guide

Snowy mountain view with colourful prayer flags in the foreground, seen from the first Kyanjin Ri viewpoint (4300 m) on the Langtang Valley trek

Langtang Valley Trek: The Essential Guide

Featured image for 'What to Pack for Trekking in Nepal', featuring trekkers, guides and porters crossing a suspension bridge on the Everest Base Camp route

What To Pack For Trekking In Nepal

A narrow trekking trail in Upper Mustang stretching off into the distance amidst some bizarre rock formations, with the snowy peak of Dhaulagiri in the background

Upper Mustang Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers on a trail approaching a round orange rock formation with a plateau stretched out into the distance in Upper Mustang

Upper Mustang Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

3 passes trek clockwise

Annapurna Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Sunrise hitting the Annapurna Mountains in Nepal

Annapurna Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

3 passes trek clockwise

Manaslu Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Trekkers look out while descending from the Larke Pass on the Manaslu Circuit Trek

Manaslu Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Day 4: namche bazaar → pangboche, everest three passes trekking route day 4:, namche bazaar → pangboche, 13.6 km | + 1541 m / – 1020 m | 6 hours, + 1541 m / – 1020 m.

This day offers fantastic mountain scenery and a beautiful trekking trail, with a mix of open hillside and forest paths. The start and end of the day is mostly straightforward, with a big climb in the middle section between Phunki Thanga and Tengboche. The monastery in Tengboche is well worth visiting, so be sure to allow enough time if you are interested.

The trek elevation profile for the Namche Bazaar to Pangboche section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE NAMCHE BAZAAR TO PANGBOCHE ROUTE

Namche bazaar → tengboche, 9.5 km | + 1197 m / – 753 m | 4.5 hours, + 1197 m / – 753 m.

After climbing the steep steps through Namche Bazaar, the trail follows a fairly flat, wide dirt path that leads around the hillside. There is a bit of up and down but it’s generally easy going up until Kyangjuma (about 4 km). You’ll pass the Tenzing Norgay memorial chorten on the way, a great spot where you can see Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Everest, and other famous peaks.  There are a few guesthouses in Kyangjuma and the views are nice. This makes a good tea stop, or a quieter alternative to overnighting in Namche.

Trekkers gathered around the Tenzing Norgay memorial chorten on a sunny morning on the Namche to Tengboche section of the Everest Three Passes trek

Trekkers enjoy mountain views from the Tenzing Norgay memorial chorten

Trekkers gathered around the Tenzing Norgay memorial chorten on a sunny morning on the Namche to Tengboche section of the Everest Three Passes trek

From Kyangjuma to Phunki Thanga it’s mostly downhill on a pleasant forest trail, passing through the small teahouse village of Lawi Schyasa a little beyond the halfway point. The options for food and accommodation are better at Phunki Thanga, and this is a common early lunch stop, good for fueling up before the big climb to Tengboche.

From Phunki Thanga, cross the Dudh Koshi on the suspension bridge and stop at the checkpoint before tackling the big climb. It’s around a 600 metre ascent up to Tengboche, a mixture of open hillside and forest. This can take about 2 hours. The first half is quite steep on dusty switchbacks while the second half is a bit more gradual.

Tengboche is dominated by the large gompa (monastery), with just two guesthouses in the village. The Tashi Delek bakery serves excellent cakes and real coffee along with the usual food menu items. The views from the balcony are wonderful, looking over to the monastery and up the mountainous valley. You can visit the monastery daily from 7am – 8am, 9am – 11am, and 1pm – 5:30pm. You can witness the monks chanting at 3pm, an option for those who choose to stay overnight in Tengboche.

The large monastery complex at Tengboche, a popular settlement to overnight at for those doing the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

The large monastery complex at Tengboche

The large monastery complex at Tengboche, a popular settlement to overnight at for those doing the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

Tengboche → Pangboche

4.1 km | + 344 m / – 267 m | 1.5 hours, + 344 m / – 267 m.

From Tengboche the trail descends about 150 metres to Deboche, a small settlement with a handful of guesthouses. From here the trail is fairly flat before climbing gently on a wide path through lovely forest, with trees dripping in Old Man’s Beard and views over the Dudh Koshi. After crossing a suspension bridge you’ll climb an open hillside on a mixture of paths and stone staircases, the final stretch to Pangboche.

Pangboche is a good sized village, quite attractive with a mix of teahouses and homes, and lots of farming fields stretching towards the river. There are fantastic mountain views when the skies are clear.

OUR PANGBOCHE ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Om Kailash

ROOM COST | 1000 NPR (attached bathroom); 500 NPR (shared bathroom)

BATHROOM | Attached bathroom with sit-down toilet and sink but no shower

DAL BHAT | 695 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 700 NPR for gas shower

CHARGING | 300 NPR (full battery charge)

WIFI | 600 NPR (Airlink for 24 hours)

DAY 5: PANGBOCHE → DINGBOCHE

Everest three passes trekking route day 5:, pangboche → dingboche, 5.7 km | + 602 m / – 250 m | 2.5 hours, + 602 m / – 250 m.

This is a short and easy day with wonderful views throughout. The trail climbs gently up the valley between the two villages of Pangboche and Dingboche. There are just a couple of short steeper sections, before Shomare and after the bridge.

The trek elevation profile for the Pangboche to Dingboche section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE PANGBOCHE TO DINGBOCHE ROUTE

Leaving Pangboche, a dusty trail climbs gently up the valley across scrubby hillside, with the river below and fantastic mountain views above. It takes about an hour to reach Shomare, with a bit of a climb at the end. Here you’ll find a number of teahouses.

The gentle climb continues and in less than 1 km you’ll reach the lone Sunrise Lodge, situated in a broad valley with braided trails approaching it. These eventually funnel back into a single trail which leads to a small metal bridge at the confluence of the Lobuche and Imje Khola rivers.

A porter walks along the route from Pangboche to Dingboche on the Everest Three Passes trail

The trail leads down to a small bridge then climbs up and around the next hillside until Dingboche is revealed

A porter walks along the route from Pangboche to Dingboche on the Everest Three Passes trail

The trail climbs a little more steeply after the bridge, up and around the hillside, but soon becomes a gentle incline once again. About 30 minutes beyond the bridge you’ll catch your first sight of Dingboche and arrive in the village shortly after.

First sight of Dingboche on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks, a village with many guesthouses where people stay two nights for acclimatisation

First sight of Dingboche, a village with many guesthouses where people stay two nights for acclimatisation

First sight of Dingboche on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks, a village with many guesthouses where people stay two nights for acclimatisation

First sight of Dingboche, a big village with many guesthouses where people stay two nights for acclimatisation

There are many guesthouses in Dingboche, as well as local houses, and the views of Ama Dablam from the village are wonderful. There are a few bakeries showing mountain-related films in the afternoon. Good options include the cosy Cafe Himalaya, which shows Sherpa at 2:30pm and has lots of old mountaineering photos and gear on display inside, and Cafe 4410, which has a large modern interior, a big food menu, and shows Sherpa and Everest from 2pm. The French Bakery (which also has a pharmacy) shows Free Solo , Meru , and a film about Helicopter rescues in the Himalaya on alternate days. Most of them also offer free device charging if you spend 400 rupees, which is more or less what it will cost to charge at your guesthouse.

OUR DINGBOCHE ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Mountain Heritage Inn

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets, carpeted room; spacious window ledge (no table); attached bathroom

ROOM COST | 1500 NPR (attached bathroom)

BATHROOM | Sit-down toilet and sink in attached bathroom, but no shower

DAL BHAT | 1000 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 800 NPR for gas shower

CHARGING | 500 NPR per device

WIFI | 24 hr/48 hr Airlink cards (700 NPR / 1500 NPR)

PHONE SIGNAL | No

OTHER | Spacious dining room and spacious rooms too; extra blanket charged at 200 NPR

DAY 6: NANGKARTSHANG PEAK DAY HIKE

Everest three passes trekking route day 6:, nangkartshang peak (5039 m) day hike, 5 km | +/- 766 m | 4 hours.

The hike up to Nangkartshang Peak (5039 m) offers fantastic views. It is also great for acclimatisation as you will climb high but descend to sleep at around 4300 m again. There is a clear path all the way to the top. The 766 metre climb should take around 2.5 – 3 hours, with the descent about half that. It’s best to start early (around 7:30am) for the best chance of clear views and calm conditions. Ensure you have plenty of water, snacks, and warm layers.

The trek elevation profile for the Nangkartshang peak acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

The climbing starts immediately from Dingboche, with the trail leading up from behind the French Bakery and Mountain Heritage Inn. You’ll pass under two white stupas with painted eyes near the start, then reach a series of small chorten on the ridge. From here you can see the classic Everest Base Camp trekking trail heading northwest to Lobuche. Alternative trails from the upper part of the village also lead to the chorten, skipping the stupas.

Continue climbing steadily uphill and you’ll pass some small prayer flags and rock cairns at various points. The views are fantastic, looking northeast up the valley towards Chukhung, across to Ama Dablam (6812 m), and to numerous other mountains all around. The final section to the top is a little steep so take your time, and there are some big rocks around the prayer flags with a steep drop-off on the eastern side, so take care.

After enjoying the views, follow the same route back down to Dingboche.

Fantastic view of Ama Dablam (6812 m) from the prayer flags atop Nangkartshang (5039 m), an important acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

Trekkers climbing towards the second stupa above Dingboche

People rest and take in the views from the prayer flags (5039 m) on Nangkartshang, a day hike from Dingboche that is important for acclimatisation on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

People rest and take in the views from the prayer flags (5039 m) on Nangkartshang

Fantastic view of Ama Dablam (6812 m) from the prayer flags atop Nangkartshang (5039 m), an important acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

Fantastic view of Ama Dablam (6812 m)

COME JOIN US ON INSTAGRAM

3 passes trek clockwise

DAY 7: DINGBOCHE → CHUKHUNG

Everest three passes trekking route day 7:, dingboche → chukhung, 5 km | + 451 m / – 19 m | 2.5 hours, + 451 m / – 19 m.

Today you will depart from the classic Everest Base Camp trekking route, so you can expect the trail to be much less busy until you rejoin the EBC route at Lobuche. It is a short trekking day. You’ll climb gently up the valley on a dirt trail through scenic rocky, scrubby landscape to the small teahouse village of Chukhung, situated at 4730 m. There are no other villages or teahouses on the route, so be sure to have enough water with you for the duration of the walk.

The trek elevation profile for the Dingboche to Chukhung section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Start today’s walk by heading up through Dingboche to reach the extensive terraces of walled fields at the northeastern edge of the village. Leaving Dingboche behind, the trail climbs gradually up the valley, with the Imja Khola flowing to the right. Ama Dablam takes on a different look with her two distinct peaks appearing side by side, and Island Peak will come into view as you get closer to Chukhung.

A stone memorial with a named plaque sits in the valley between Dingboche and Chukhung on the Everest Three Passes route, in memory of three climbers who died on Lhotse in the 1980s

A memorial to climbers who lost their lives on Lhotse, with Island Peak in view behind and to the right

A stone memorial with a named plaque sits in the valley between Dingboche and Chukhung on the Everest Three Passes route, in memory of three climbers who died on Lhotse in the 1980s

A memorial to climbers who lost their lives on Lhotse, with Island Peak behind to the right

There are just a handful of teahouses at Chukhung, and it’s usually much less busy than Dingboche as it’s off the EBC trail.

OUR CHUKHUNG ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Yak Land Lodge

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; spacious window ledge to store stuff (no table)

ROOM COST | 1000 NPR (shared bathroom option only)

BATHROOM | Shared Bathroom: 1 x squat toilet, 1 x sit-down toilet, separate shower room; kept very clean; no indoor sink

DAL BHAT | 745 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 650 NPR for bucket shower; gas shower not working when we stayed

CHARGING | 500 NPR (phone); 1500 NPR (power bank)

WIFI | 24 hr Airlink cards (700 NPR)

OTHER | Very nice owners; warm dining room; highly recommend

DAY 8: CHUKHUNG RI DAY HIKE (5380 m or 5516 m)

Everest three passes trekking route day 8:, chukhung ri day hike (5380 m or 5516 m), 4.9 – 5.9 km | +/- 645 – 810 m | 3 – 5 hours, 4.9 – 5.9 km, +/- 645 – 810 m, 3 – 5 hours.

This is a fantastic day hike for both views and acclimatisation. The main viewpoint is at 5380 m, with a higher viewpoint at 5516 m. Both are accessed from the same saddle, with the lower viewpoint to the southwest and the higher viewpoint up a steeper and narrower rocky ridge trail to the northeast. Expect it to take around 2 to 3 hours to climb to the viewpoint at 5380 m, and around 1 hour to descend via the same route. It should take about an hour extra if you want to continue to the upper viewpoint at 5516 m. Leaving early in the morning gives you the best chance of clear views, and you can aim to return to Chukhung for lunch. Ensure you have plenty of water, snacks, and warm layers.

The trek elevation profile for the Chukhung Ri acclimatisation hike on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Head northeast out of Chukhung and cross a small metal bridge. The trail continues up the scrubby hillside, climbing steadily on a dirt trail for around an hour. After ascending approximately 240 metres, you’ll reach an open plateau where you can take a moment to appreciate the views.

Heading north, the trail climbs gently before becoming steeper on the far side of the plateau. From here you’ll climb to the saddle 200 metres above, on a long straight trail that turns to switchbacks nearer the top. The saddle is marked by numerous cairns and the ground here is made up of large slabs of shale. It’s absolutely worth continuing the short distance up the trail to the southwest (left) viewpoint, marked by more flags, cairns, and complete with stunning 360° views. In clear weather you’ll see Lhotse, Nuptse, Island Peak, Ama Dablam, and numerous other majestic snowy peaks. It’s a wonderful spot to relax for an hour or so and soak it all up.

A view down the mountain valley towards Dingboche from the main Chukhung Ri viewpoint (5380 m)

Stopping to appreciate the views after the initial climb up from Chukhung

Looking up at the towering south face of Nuptse from the main Chukhung Ri viewpoint (5380 m), one of the many impressive views on this Everest Three Passes acclimatisation hike

Looking up at the south face of Nuptse from the main Chukhung Ri viewpoint (5380 m)

A view down the mountain valley towards Dingboche from the main Chukhung Ri viewpoint (5380 m)

Looking southwest down the valley towards Dingboche and beyond, from the main Chukhung Ri viewpoint (5380 m)

If you are confident on such terrain and have the energy, you can continue up to the higher viewpoint (5516 m). To get there, return to the saddle and follow the trail climbing northeast up the narrow rocky ridge (very steep towards the end).

When you’re done, descend to Chukhung the same way you came.

HOW ABOUT TACKLING THE MANASLU CIRCUIT?

' title=

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE

' title=

DAY BY DAY ACCOUNT

DAY 9: CHUKHUNG → KONGMA LA (5514 m) → LOBUCHE

Everest three passes trekking route day 9:, chukhung → kongma la (5514 m) → lobuche, 9.8 km | + 973 m / – 792 m | 8 hours, + 973 m / – 792 m.

Today you’ll cross Kongma La (5514 m), the first (and highest) of the three passes on the Everest Three Passes trek. The day involves a long but beautiful ascent, followed by a steep and tiring descent, with a moraine glacier crossing at the end. Make sure you have plenty of water and snacks, and take a packed lunch with you. Leave early (around 6am) to have the best chance of clear views and less windy weather, and to ensure you arrive in Lobuche well before dark.

The trek elevation profile for the crossing of Kongma La (from Chukhung to Lobuche) on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Chukhung → Kongma La

5.8 km | + 870 m / – 90 m | 5 hours, + 870 m / – 90 m.

From Chukhung, cross the bridge heading west and start climbing the scrubby hillside. It’s a fairly steep and steady climb, flattening out a bit at around 4750 m and then climbing again. The trail flattens out once more at around 5000 m, following the contour line of the hillside and curving into the next valley. From here, a gradual climb up the valley (with a few short steep sections) leads to an open expanse of grass where a big lake lies cradled by surrounding mountains.

Have a break and a snack here because the next section is the steepest climb of the day! The trail becomes narrow and climbs 150 metres on tight switchbacks over a distance of just 400 metres. From the top of the climb the trail heads north and becomes much more gradual until the final section immediately before the pass. There are a number of lakes up here, often frozen earlier in the year, and the views are wonderful. The final stretch up to the pass (marked by a cluster of prayer flags) is on a very narrow trail of loose dirt and shale, a fairly steep climb up the rocky slope.

A hiker and guide cross a flat, rocky section before Kongma La on the Everest Three Passes trek, with the snowy ridgeline to the east visible behind

The section before the final climb to the pass is fairly flat and offers the chance to catch your breath and use a bit less energy

The view of Kongma La as you approach from the east on the Everest Three Passes trek; the pass is located at the lowest point of this ridge, reached by a short but steep rocky climb

The view of Kongma La as you approach from the east; the pass is at the lowest point of this ridge, reached by a short but steep rocky climb

The pass is fairly narrow but there’s still plenty of room, with lots of big rocks to sit on and soak up the incredible views. To the southeast, you can still see the distinctive form of Ama Dablam, to the north is the imposing Nuptse Lhotse massif, and to the northwest, you can see Lobuche far below on the western side of the Khumbu Glacier, a moraine glacier you’ll have to cross to reach your guesthouse for the night.

The eastern view from Kongma La, looking down over the route just trekked which bypasses the frozen lake and across to many high snowy peaks

The eastern view from Kongma La, looking down over the route just trekked

A trekker and guide resting, having lunch, and enjoying the views at prayer flag-covered Kongma La, with the snowy Nuptse massif visible to the north

Resting, having lunch, and enjoying views at Kongma La, with Nuptse visible to the north

The western view from the Kongma La with the Everest Three Passes route visible; the way down begins steeply on jumbled rocks before a clearer path descends to the valley floor and leads up onto the Khumbu glacier, which you must then cross to reach Lobuche

The way down begins steeply on jumbled rocks before a clearer path descends to the valley floor and leads up onto the glacier, which you must cross to reach Lobuche

Kongma La → Lobuche

4 km | + 103 m / – 702 m | 3 hours, + 103 m / – 702 m.

The initial 200 metre descent from Kongma La is very steep. Care and concentration is required on the loose dirt, shale, and small rocks which can slide away underfoot. The next part of the descent (approx 400 metres) is still steep and slippery, but less challenging. It takes around 1.5 – 2 hours to reach the valley floor (4900 m). From here, there is a 50 metre climb up onto the rocky Khumbu Glacier. The route through this jumble of rocks and glacial lakes is marked by cairns and flags. It follows narrow dirt trails and crosses big boulders between two lakes, with a fair bit of up and down. When you reach the other side, it’s just a short descent down the grassy hillside to Lobuche.

A trekker follows the route (marked by flags and cairns) across the rocky Khumbu Glacier on the Everest Three Passes trek

The route down onto the glacier, where flags and small cairns mark the way

A trekker follows the route (marked by flags and cairns) across the rocky Khumbu Glacier on the Everest Three Passes trek

There are about eight guesthouses in Lobuche, a small teahouse settlement on the main EBC trail, situated below Lobuche East peak. It’s a busy place, packed with trekkers and climbers in peak season, and you should aim to arrive as early as possible to secure a room. If you are trekking with a guide, they may be able to call ahead and book a room for you, and if you are trekking with a porter, they may be able to go ahead and secure a room for you.

OUR LOBUCHE ACCOMMODATION

NAME | New EBC Guest House

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; spacious room with table and big window

BATHROOM | Shared toilet (sit-down, bucket flush); sink with running water; toilet and sink on each floor

CHARGING | 500 NPR (phone); 1000 NPR (power bank)

OTHER | Large, warm dining area; comfortable rooms on top floor

DAY 10 (PART 1): LOBUCHE → GORAK SHEP

Day 10 (part 1):, lobuche → gorak shep, 4.5 km | + 316 m / – 70 m | 2.5 hours, + 316 m / – 70 m.

Altitude aside, the walk to Gorak Shep is pretty straightforward, although the up and down through the moraine glacier towards the end can be quite tiring. It’s common to check into a guesthouse, eat lunch, and then head off to Everest Base Camp in the afternoon, with most people climbing Kala Patthar for sunrise the next morning. However, if the weather is clear, we’d suggest climbing Kala Patthar for sunset (see Day 10: Part 2) and walking to EBC and back the following morning (see Day 11: Part 1) . This way you will avoid the crowds on both routes, and enjoy the best views.

The trek elevation profile for the Lobuche to Gorak Shep section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE LOBUCHE TO GORAK SHEP ROUTE

The initial 3 km is pretty gradual as you head up the valley from Lobuche, with one notably steep part towards the end of this section. You’ll pass the turn off for the Pyramid Hotel (also a research centre) about 900 metres beyond Lobuche. The Pyramid Hotel is a 15 minute walk off the main trail. It’s then possible to continue on a high trail from the hotel to rejoin the main route further up the valley.

Shortly after the steep section, you’ll set out across the moraine glacier. There is a fair bit of up and down on a narrow trail through rocky terrain, but spectacular mountain views abound. When you reach the edge of the glacier you’ll arrive at Gorak Shep, the highest settlement on this trek.

Trekkers cross the moraine-covered glacier accompanied by towering mountain views enroute to Gorak Shep on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

The route to Gorak Shep leads across a rocky and undulating path on a moraine-covered glacier

Trekkers cross the moraine-covered glacier accompanied by towering mountain views enroute to Gorak Shep on the Everest Three Passes and Everest Base Camp treks

The route to Gorak Shep leads across a rocky, undulating path on a moraine-covered glacier

Gorak Shep is a small teahouse settlement with just four guesthouses. It can get very busy as almost everyone trekking to Everest Base Camp stays here. There is no good water supply, with water to serve all the guesthouses being carried from a small spring nearby. Therefore, you are unable to fill and treat water here. Instead you’ll need to carry enough with you from Lobuche or buy bottled water (approx 500 NPR per bottle). The elevation and lack of a good water supply unfortunately contributes to poor sanitation and services here.

DAY 10 (PART 2): KALA PATTHAR HIKE (5611 m)

Day 10 (part 2):, kala patthar hike (5611 m), 3.8 km | + 495 m / – 495m | 3.5 hours, + 495 m / – 495m.

Kala Patthar, translating as ‘Black Rock’, rises above Gorak Shep and offers wonderful views of Everest and other impressive mountains around here. It is the highest point you will hike to on the Everest Three Passes trek. It’s common for people to start the climb before dawn, watching the sun rise behind Everest from the top. It can be bitterly cold though, and once the sun has appeared you will be looking directly at it, obscuring the good views of Everest, Nuptse, and so on. A good alternative in clear weather is to climb Kala Patthar in the afternoon, for sunset, when the white peaks will be illuminated with an orange magic hour glow. A lack of crowds is an added bonus on an afternoon Kala Patthar hike.

The trek elevation profile for the Kala Patthar hike on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Whether you decide to hike up Kala Patthar for sunset or sunrise, the climb starts directly behind Gorak Shep, with the trail leading steeply up the hillside above the settlement’s one water source. It soon levels out on a wide open hillside at about 5270 m, and Everest can now be seen from here.

Carry on up the trail, which climbs gradually for a while before a steeper section leads up to the flags at the first viewpoint. From here the final 30 metre ascent becomes rocky and difficult under foot. The top, at 5611 m, is festooned with prayer flags and there is also weather radar apparatus.

The view as you near the high point of Kala Patthar (the prayer flags and antenna can just be seen on the left), with Pumori (7161 m) rising majestically behind against darkening skies

Climbing the Kala Patthar trail; the blue roofs of Gorak Shep can be seen far below, sitting alongside the extensive Khumbu Glacier

The view as you near the high point of Kala Patthar (the prayer flags and antenna can just be seen on the left), with Pumori (7161 m) rising majestically behind against darkening skies

Close to the high point of Kala Patthar (the prayer flags and antenna can just be seen on the left), with Pumori (7161 m) rising majestically behind

The clouds parting to reveal the massive bulk of Mount Everest, about 30 minutes before sunset

It takes about 2 – 2.5 hours to get to the top, and about an hour to descend the same way.

OUR GORAK SHEP ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Himalaya Lodge and Restaurant

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets

BATHROOM | Basic shared squat and sit-down (that you wouldn’t actually want to sit down on) toilets; not clean; bucket flush

SHOWER | No shower facilities due to scarcity of water

CHARGING | 350 NPR per hour or 2000 NPR for full charge of a power bank

PHONE SIGNAL | Phone signal; weak data

OTHER | Very basic accommodation; very unpleasant toilet facilities

DAY 11 (PART 1): EVEREST BASE CAMP

Day 11 (part 1):, everest base camp, 6.3 km | + 255 m / – 255 m | 2.5 hours, + 255 m / – 255 m.

Start the day with a return hike to Everest Base Camp (or Kala Patthar if you visited EBC yesterday).

The trek elevation profile for the Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp return section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Head northeast out of Gorak Shep, climbing gradually up the valley. You’ll soon reach the western edge of the Khumbu Glacier, which you’ll follow the whole way to base camp. The trail is rocky in places and there is a bit of up and down, but it’s a mostly gradual climb.

Fantastic views open up towards the Khumbu Icefall, and during the spring climbing season, a sea of yellow tents can be seen spreading up the glacier to the west. As you near base camp, a trail leads downhill onto the glacier, passing small glacial lakes and perhaps some striking blue ice pinnacles.

Everest base Camp on a sunny April morning during the spring climbing season; a multitude of yellow tents sit atop the rock-covered glacier, with many peaks and the Khumbu Icefall rising behind, and the summit of Mount Everest just visible in the background

Everest Base Camp on an April morning during the spring climbing season

Everest base Camp on a sunny April morning during the spring climbing season; a multitude of yellow tents sit atop the rock-covered glacier, with many peaks and the Khumbu Icefall rising behind, and the summit of Mount Everest just visible in the background

After a short climb you’ll reach the ‘Everest Base Camp’ rock, which sits at an altitude of about 5280 m (not the 5364 m painted on the rock). This should be quiet enough in the morning, but expect long queues for a photo in the afternoon! You can explore further up the glacier, wandering between tented camps during climbing season in April and May.

It takes about 1.5 hours to get to EBC and around 1 hour for the return to Gorak Shep, following the same route.

DAY 11 (PART 2): GORAK SHEP → LOBUCHE

Day 11 (part 2):, gorak shep → lobuche, 4.5 km | + 68 m / – 312 m | 1.5 hours, + 68 m / – 312 m.

Retrace your steps back down the valley to Lobuche.

The trek elevation profile for the Gorak Shep to Lobuche section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

The return route to Lobuche follows the same trail as the day before, traversing the rocky moraine near Gorak Shep then following an easier trail for the last 3 km to Lobuche.

PLAN A TREK IN THE LANGTANG VALLEY

Langtang Valley Trek Guide post link image featuring trekkers enjoying mountain views and a well earned rest atop Kyanjin Ri (4586 m)

PLAN YOUR LANGTANG VALLEY TREK WITH OUR COMPLETE GUIDE

Langtang Valley Trek Guide post link Image featuring a trekker and guide enjoying a warming cup of masala tea in front of snowy mountains

DETAILED TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO FOR THE LANGTANG TREK

DAY 12: LOBUCHE → DZONGLHA

Everest three passes trekking route day 12:, lobuche → dzonglha, 6.6 km | + 230 m / – 321 m | 2.5 hours, + 230 m / – 321 m.

The route from Lobuche to Dzonglha is scenic and easygoing, with moderate elevation gain and loss, and straightforward terrain. It’s a day with plenty of opportunity to rest. This is welcome after a few strenuous days, and it will give you the chance to prepare for the following morning when you’ll start early to cross your second pass – Cho La. There are no villages or teahouses along the way, so be sure to have enough water and snacks for the duration of your walk.

It’s possible to combine Days 11 and 12 if you don’t need the rest, you’re pushed for time, or the weather is due to turn bad. See here for more info.

The trek elevation profile for the Lobuche to Dzonglha section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

The route to Dzonglha follows the classic EBC trail southwest of Lobuche for the first 1.2 km or so, after which the trail to Dzonglha branches off to the right – a signpost marked ‘Cho La’ points the way. Follow the trail around the hillside and cross the open expanse to reach the trail leading up the opposite hillside.

After an initial short climb, the trail becomes very easygoing for the next 2 km, curving around the hillside, undulating a bit, but mostly sticking to the 4850 m contour line. It then drops down a little into a valley, climbs up the other side, and continues again on a straightforward trail around the hillside.

After another kilometre or so, you’ll spot Dzonglha on the hilltop to the left. The trail leads down through an open expanse with large rocks and climbs 50 metres or so to the small teahouse village. There are 6 guesthouses here and the mountain views are fantastic.

The clouds part to reveal Taboche (6495 m) at sunset, a mountain view from Dzonglha on the Everest Three Passes trek

The clouds part to reveal Taboche (6495 m) at sunset

The clouds part to reveal Taboche (6495 m) at sunset, a mountain view from Dzonglha on the Everest Three Passes trek

Clouds part to reveal Taboche (6495 m) at sunset

Climbing the hill behind Dzonglha offers a great view of the village, and even better views of the surrounding mountains.

OUR DZONGLHA ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Cholatse Guesthouse

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; spacious room

BATHROOM | Shared toilets: 1 x squat, 1 x sit-down; sink for hand washing inside; clean

DAL BHAT | 950 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | Gas shower 800 NPR

CHARGING | Phone 800 NPR; power bank 1000 NPR – 1500 NPR (depending on size)

WIFI | 24 hr Airlink cards 600 NPR

PHONE SIGNAL | None

OTHER | Cosy dining room; well kept space and toilets; recommended

DAY 13: DZONGLHA → CHO LA (5368 m) → DRAGNAG

Everest three passes trekking route day 13:, dzonglha → cho la (5368 m) → dragnag, 8.6 km | + 653 m / – 803 m | 6 hours, + 653 m / – 803 m.

Today you’ll cross the second pass on the Everest Three Passes trekking route – Cho La (5368 m). The climb to the pass is a nice mix of gradual and steep rocky trail, with an impressive icy glacier to cross just before the pass. The surrounding landscape is hugely impressive, with jagged peaks and flashes of red stone across the dramatic rock faces. From the pass, the descent is steep and rocky initially, after which a gradual climb leads up onto the ridge of a hill. From here, the final stretch leads steadily downhill to Dragnag (also known as Thangnak or Thagnak).

It’s a good idea to pack microspikes for the glacier crossing to ensure good footing and rule out any potential slips. Be sure to have plenty of water and snacks with you as there are no villages or teahouses along the way. You might want to take a packed lunch too, although there’s every chance you’ll be in Dragnag/Thangnak by lunch time. Leave early (eg. by 6:30am) to ensure you have the best chance of clear and calm weather for crossing the pass.

The trek elevation profile for the crossing of Cho La (from Dzonglha to Dragnag) on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Dzonglha → Cho La

4.1 km | + 557 m / – 22 m | 3 hours, + 557 m / – 22 m.

Head west out of Dzonglha and climb the trail up the hillside. This soon flattens out and turns a corner, heading north. The route leads gradually up the valley for about 45 minutes before starting to climb. You’ll gain about 100 metres of elevation before the trail becomes gradual once again. You’ll then gain another 50 metres by climbing a very steep rocky trail, after which another gradual climb awaits. At the top of the next steep section, the glacier comes into view.

A trekker and guide walk up the gentle valley from Dzonglha, towards impressive rocky peaks and the start of the climb to Cho La, the middle of the Three Passes

Impressive scenery as you head up valley from Dzonglha

A trekker and guide walk up the gentle valley from Dzonglha, towards impressive rocky peaks and the start of the climb to Cho La, the middle of the Three Passes

Impressive scenery as you head up valley

Follow the rocky trail to the right of the valley as it climbs gently to the edge of the glacier. The route across the glacier is marked by metal poles and a well trodden path is visible. The ice is usually crunchy and not too slippery, but microspikes definitely make this crossing (680 metres distance, 80 metres elevation) less taxing. The glacier ends just below the pass and a short steep rocky climb leads up to it, with a metal rope there to assist if needed.

The pass is fairly flat, not too narrow, and is marked by a ‘Cho La’ rock and the usual prayer flags.

A trekker approaches the jagged white expanse of the terminus of the glacier in front of Cho La, with the pass just visible in the distance

Crossing the glacier towards Cho La

Trekkers climbing the final rocky section up to Cho La on the Everest Three Passes trek

Climbing the final rocky section up to the pass

Cho La → Dragnag

4.5 km | + 96 m / – 781 m | 3 hours, + 96 m / – 781 m.

From Cho La, the initial descent (approx 250 metres) is very steep and rocky, although a welcome metal rope is there to aid you. This steep section then ends rather abruptly, after which a flat dirt trail leads you to a boulder field which is crossed via a mixture of trail and rock-hopping.

Trekkers climb the final steep section to Cho La from the west while others wait to descend having crossed the middle of the Three Passes from the east

Passing a group of trekkers ascending from the west; the trail descends steeply from Cho La for about 250 metres, crosses the valley, and climbs about 100 metres to reach the next ridge

Trekkers travelling anti-clockwise reach the bottom of the descent from Cho La on the Everest Three Passes trek

A fairly flat trail leads across the rocky valley at the bottom of the steep descent from the pass

Beyond the rocks, follow the trail up the hillside (you have about 100 metres to climb). After this it’s downhill all the way to Dragnag/Thangnak, via a narrowing grassy valley with jumbled rocks and a stream running through it.

Dragnag has five guesthouses.

OUR DRAGNAG (THANGHAK) ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Mountain Paradise Lodge

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; spacious room with table

BATHROOM | Shared squat toilets; sink for hand washing inside; clean

SHOWER | 700 NPR

  • CHARGING | Phone 500 NPR; power bank 1200 NPR

CHARGING | Phone 500 NPR; power bank 200 NPR

DAY 14: DRAGNAG (THANGNAK) → GOKYO

Everest three passes trekking route day 14:, dragnag (thangnak) → gokyo, 3.8 km | + 184 m / – 112 m | 3 hours, + 184 m / – 112 m.

A short day but with plenty of up and down as you traverse the expansive Ngozumpa Glacier that separates Gokyo from Dragnag/Thangnak. This part of the route varies over time due to changes in the glacier, but the trail is mostly rock and dirt, with no icy sections to cross. Gokyo lake makes a spectacular end point. There are no villages or teahouses along the route so be sure to have enough water with you for the duration of the walk.

It’s possible to combine Days 13 and 14 if you don’t need the rest, you’re pushed for time, or the weather is due to turn bad. See here for more info.

The trek elevation profile for the Dragnag to Gokyo section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

From Dragnag, take the trail heading northwest around the hillside. The trail climbs gradually for about 1.1 km before reaching the edge of the glacier. From here the view towards Gokyo Ri reveals just how expansive the glacier is. You need to traverse it for about 2 km and there is a lot of up and down.

Under the morning sun, a trekker and guide crossing Ngozumpa Glacier, an expanse of jumbled rocks blanketed in white after fresh snowfall

Heading down onto Ngozumpa Glacier the morning after fresh snowfall

Under the morning sun, a trekker and guide crossing Ngozumpa Glacier, an expanse of jumbled rocks blanketed in white after fresh snowfall

Cairns mark the route, but the route can and does change over time due to shifts in the glacier. In heavy snow it would be very difficult to find the way, unless a track has already been made by others. There is a steep descent to get onto the glacier and a steep ascent to get off it, with an undulating trail in between. You’ll pass by numerous lakes, some likely frozen, with others a brilliant blue.

After climbing up and off the glacier, the trail curves around the hill and a spectacular view of Gokyo Lake is revealed. Beyond the lake (west) is Renjo La and looming over its northern side is Gokyo Ri, with the guesthouses of Gokyo to the right, clustered around its northeastern corner.

First sight of aquamarine Gokyo Lake after climbing off of Ngozumpa Glacier on the Everest Three Passes trek: Renjo La is lost in the clouds beyond the lake, the bulky sloping hill is Gokyo Ri, while Gokyo itself lines the shore on the far right

First sight of Gokyo Lake: Renjo La is lost in the clouds, the bulky sloping hill is Gokyo Ri, while Gokyo village lines the shore on the far right

First sight of aquamarine Gokyo Lake after climbing off of Ngozumpa Glacier on the Everest Three Passes trek: Renjo La is lost in the clouds beyond the lake, the bulky sloping hill is Gokyo Ri, while Gokyo itself lines the shore on the far right

Gokyo Lake: Renjo La is lost in the clouds beyond the lake, the bulky sloping hill is Gokyo Ri, while Gokyo itself lines the shore on the far right

There are lots of guesthouses in Gokyo and a few bakeries too. Gokyo village sits on the shore of Gokyo 3rd lake, Dudh Pokhari (commonly referred to as Gokyo Lake), which is the largest in a string of six lakes dotted up the valley. The 1st and 2nd lakes are a little to the south and the 4th, 5th, and 6th lakes are to the north, all of them running parallel to the Ngozumpa Glacier.

OUR GOKYO ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Fitzroy Inn

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; table and chairs; lake view; attached bathroom with solar shower

ROOM COST | 3500 NPR (attached bathroom, free in-room charging, hot shower: solar or gas if too cold); 500 NPR (room with shared bathroom)

BATHROOM | Attached bathroom with sit-down toilet, sink, solar shower; shared bathroom facilities include gas shower, sit-down toilets, and indoor sinks

DAL BHAT | 900 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 700 NPR for gas shower (free if paying for attached bathroom)

CHARGING | Phone 500 NPR, power bank 1000 NPR (free in-room charging if paying for room w/attached bathroom)

WIFI | 24/48 hrs Airlink cards (600/1000 NPR)

PHONE SIGNAL | No 

OTHER | Lake view from dining room and some bedrooms

DAY 15: CLIMBING GOKYO RI (5340 m)

Everest three passes trekking route day 15:, climbing gokyo ri (5340 m), 3.6 km | + 605 m / – 605 m | 3 hours, + 605 m / – 605 m.

A fantastic hike offering one of the best views in the Khumbu, taking in Gokyo Lake, the Ngozumpa Glacier, and four peaks over 8000 metres (Everest, Lhotse, Makalu, and Cho Oyu). It’s not to be underestimated though, with the 600 metre ascent entirely on a steep zig-zagging trail that climbs the hillside over a distance of 1.8 km. Hiking up for sunrise is a popular option, but if you can’t face the pre-dawn cold, an early morning climb in the warmth of the sun is spectacular too. Just don’t leave it too late as the clouds are likely to obscure your view and the wind will pick up as the morning progresses.

Be sure to take warm layers and plenty of water and snacks, plus a headtorch if you’re departing before dawn. Further hikes up to Gokyo 4th and 5th lakes are also a possibility later in the day if you have the energy and inclination.

The trek elevation profile for the Gokyo Ri hike on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

Gokyo Ri sits on the northern side of Gokyo Lake, the trail clearly visible and the trailhead clearly marked by a signpost. To start, walk around the lakeside from the village, cross the makeshift bridge of large stones near the helipad, and soon you’ll come to the signpost. From here the climb starts, a relentlessly steep dirt trail all the way to the top. The views are wonderful throughout, and you’ll likely hear (and perhaps see) snowcocks if you and any fellow trekkers are quiet.

The area at the top is quite spread out and is extensively covered in prayer flags. You can weave your way around the rocks to get various views in all directions.

A view of Gokyo Lake from just below the summit of Gokyo Ri, the dark blue lake surrounded by a snow-covered mountainous landscape with the small figures of trekkers seen ascending far below

Looking down on Gokyo Lake from just below the summit of Gokyo Ri

A trekker pulls down his hat to protect against cold wind amidst the prayer flags and mountain views atop Gokyo Ri

Prayer flags and mountain views atop Gokyo Ri

A hazy view of Mount Everest and Nuptse, seen from just below the summit of Gokyo Ri on the Everest Three Passes trek

A hazy view of Mount Everest (back right)

The climb takes around 2 hours. If you’re fast you can descend in about 30 – 40 minutes, otherwise allow about an hour.

If you are keen to explore more today, a good option is to walk north to Gokyo 4th lake , a 5 km return hike from Gokyo which takes around 1.5 hours, or to the 4th and 5th lakes, a 12.5 km return hike which can take up to 5 hours. If you are planning to add a third night at Gokyo onto your trek itinerary, this hike to the 4th and 5th lakes is a great option for the morning of your extra day.

PLAN YOUR GEAR WITH OUR PACKING GUIDE

Post link image for 'What to Pack for Trekking in Nepal', featuring trekkers, guides and porters crossing a suspension bridge on the Everest Base Camp route

WHAT TO PACK FOR YOUR TREK

DAY 16: GOKYO → RENJO LA (5388 m) → THAME

Everest three passes trekking route day 16:, gokyo → renjo la (5388 m) → thame, 20.6 km | + 909 m / – 1872 m | 8.5 hours, + 909 m / – 1872 m.

The climb to Renjo La is largely straightforward, with just a couple of steep sections amidst a generally gradual ascent. We can’t testify to the views from the pass (having crossed in falling snow), but they are supposed to be spectacular in clear weather, with Gokyo Lake and the Everest Range on display. The descent from the pass is also largely straightforward, with an initial steep section on a wide stone staircase followed by a gradual trail down the valley, and a final short steep section before Lungden.

If you have the time and energy, we’d recommend continuing to Thame after having lunch at Lungden. It’s a relatively easy walk down the valley and shouldn’t take more than 3 hours. Thame is a large, attractive village with more comfortable guesthouses than at Lungden, and at 3800 m, it’s the lowest (and warmest!) you’ll have been in nearly two weeks! As with the other high pass days, it’s advisable to leave early (6:30 am) to ensure you have the best chance of clear and calm weather. Be sure to carry enough water and snacks to last until Lungden.

The trek elevation profile for the crossing of Renjo La (from Gokyo to Thame) on the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE GOKYO TO THAME ROUTE

Gokyo → renjo la, 4.5 km | + 706 m / – 77 m | 3 hours, + 706 m / – 77 m.

From Gokyo follow the path along the northern side of the lake. Bypass the trail to Gokyo Ri, taking the left fork and continuing straight for Renjo La. The first couple of kilometres are gradual, climbing alongside the lake to a covered shelter. Shortly after the shelter, the trail climbs steeply, gaining 240 metres in elevation over a distance of 620 metres. It then levels out, climbing gently for about 1 km and curving round to the right in a northerly direction. After this you’ll come to a steeper section once again.

The location of the pass itself isn’t obvious until the final approach, which is on a steep and rocky switchback trail. You’ll emerge at a small flat area covered in the usual prayer flags.

In falling snow, trekkers approach Renjo La on the Everest Three Passes trek; the trail leads up across the rocky section ahead and round to the right

Approaching Renjo La, the pass isn’t the obvious dip ahead but is hidden from view; the trail leads up across the rocky section and round to the right

Trekkers, guides and porters resting and refueling at Renjo La on the Everest Three Passes trek

Resting and refueling at Renjo La

Renjo La → Lungden

6.8 km | + 59 m / – 1080 m | 2.5 hours, + 59 m / – 1080 m.

The initial descent from Renjo La is on a wide stone staircase, dropping quite steeply for around 200 metres before the trail becomes more gradual. Although steep, the steps make it relatively easy and this is the least difficult descent of the Three Passes when trekking in an anti-clockwise direction.

After the steps, the route passes a large lake and continues down the valley. About 3.5 km beyond the lake you’ll reach a notable mound of stones with a few flags. From here the trail drops down to the left and descends more steeply for the last 2 km to Lungden. There are a handful of basic teahouses in Lungden offering meals and overnight accommodation. This makes a good lunch stop if continuing to Thame.

Lungden → Thame

9.3 km | + 144 m / – 715 m | 3 hours, + 144 m / – 715 m.

From Lungden the trail descends gradually down the valley to Thame, passing through, and by, numerous scenic villages surrounded by stone-walled farming fields. These are local villages and there are just a couple of guesthouses along the route – the River View Lodge just beyond Marulung, and the Yeti Valley Guesthouse shortly before Tarangar.

There is a little bit of climbing, but the trail is mostly downhill, sticking to the right side of the Bhote Koshi after crossing the bridge at Marulung. As the altitude decreases, shrubs and trees start to appear once again. Shortly after the stupas on the southern side of Hungmo, you’ll climb to the top of a rise where Thame comes into view below. Picturesquely situated in a narrow valley, it’s a lovely village with mountains rising behind and a gompa perched on the northern hillside.

The sizeable village of Thame situated in a narrow side valley at 3800 m, its trees and green fields a welcome sight after so many days above 4000 m on the Everest Three Passes trek

The sizeable village of Thame (3800 m), its trees and green fields a welcome sight after so many days above 4000 m

The sizeable village of Thame situated in a narrow side valley at 3800 m, its trees and green fields a welcome sight after so many days above 4000 m on the Everest Three Passes trek

The village of Thame (3800 m), its green fields a welcome sight after so many days above 4000 m

A short downhill walk takes you into Thame where there are lots of guesthouses and plenty of local homes too.

OUR THAME ACCOMMODATION

NAME | Yak Hotel

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; table; shared bathroom

ROOM COST | 500 NPR (rooms with shared bathroom only)

BATHROOM | Two self-contained shared bathrooms, each with a sit-down toilet, gas shower and sink

DAL BHAT | 650 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 5 00 NPR

CHARGING | 500 NPR (according to menu) but there were free-to-use working sockets in the bedrooms 

WIFI | Free (not very good)

OTHER | Very nice owners, excellent food, cosy dining room; recommended; porters also allowed to sleep and eat at the guesthouse which is unusual in the Khumbu region

DAY 17: THAME → MONJO

Everest three passes trekking route day 17:, thame → monjo, 13.9 km | + 910 m / – 1872 m | 5 hours, + 910 m / – 1872 m.

There is plenty of up and down on the trail between Thame and Namche Bazaar, but the route is very scenic, passing through numerous Sherpa villages and lovely forests. From Namche onwards you’ll retrace your route from the first couple of days of this Three Passes trek, descending steeply to the Hillary Bridge, then more gradually down the valley to Monjo.

The trek elevation profile for the Thame to Monjo section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE THAME TO MONJO ROUTE

Thame → namche bazaar, 8.7 km | + 517 m / – 879 m | 3 hours, + 517 m / – 879 m.

Head down through the village to return to the main trail, following the path above the river. Pass through the decorative gate and stick to the left trail curving around the hillside, ignoring any other trails that branch off to the opposite side of the valley. You’ll reach a new suspension bridge over the Bhote Koshi, crossing above the old bridge and three paintings of Guru Rinpoche on the cliff face below. The trail sticks to the northern side of the river all the way to Namche.

You’ll pass through a number of scenic Sherpa villages as you work your way down the valley. The trail descends at first and then becomes more undulating before finally rising towards Namche. Keep a look out for the Himalayan Monal, the strikingly colourful national bird of Nepal, which can be commonly spotted between Thame and Phurte. There are also beautiful sections of rhododendron and pine forest to appreciate, along with a number of gompas, mani walls, and other cultural points of interest.

As you round the hillside by the Namche Helipad, you’ll be greeted by a wonderful view of Namche Bazaar, curving around the sloping hillside in amphitheatre-like fashion. After descending to the town (and stopping for lunch) the remainder of the trek (this day and the next) involves retracing your steps from Day 1 and Day 2, all the way back to Lukla.

The view of Namche Bazaar from the west as you round the corner near the helipad and end complete the main loop of the Everest Three Passes trek

The view of Namche Bazaar from the west as you round the corner near the helipad

The view of Namche Bazaar from the west as you round the corner near the helipad and end complete the main loop of the Everest Three Passes trek

Namche Bazaar → Monjo

5.2 km | + 393 m / – 993 m | 2 hours, + 393 m / – 993 m.

Shortly after leaving Namche Bazaar you’ll reach the Sagarmatha National Park checkpoint. From here, you’ll descend 550 metres on the 2 km forest trail back to Hillary Bridge. Memories of this steep climb on Day 2 will no doubt be jogged by the many sweaty out-of-breath trekkers coming the opposite way as they start their own trek. This section can be a bit of a bottleneck, with traffic jams caused by yak and mule trains. Look out for the convenient side trail favoured by porters, leading slightly uphill to the left near the start of the descent. This route is usually less busy and runs parallel to the main trail for a while before rejoining it near the public toilets.

After crossing the Hillary Bridge, descend the stone steps and follow the scenic riverside trail to the next suspension bridge, leading to Jorsale village. On the southern side of Jorsale, cross the final suspension bridge of the day and climb the steep stone stairs to the national park entrance. From here it’s a short walk to the many guesthouses in Monjo.

NAME | Mount Kailash Lodge

ROOM | Two single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; table; attached bathroom

BATHROOM | Sit-down toilet; sink, solar shower

DAL BHAT | 700 NPR (see full menu in our e-map )

SHOWER | 500 NPR for gas shower (free solar shower if staying in room with attached bathroom)

CHARGING | 300 NPR (phone); 500 NPR (power bank)

WIFI | 300 NPR

OTHER | Nice coffee shop attached to guesthouse

DAY 18: MONJO → LUKLA

Everest three passes trekking route day 18:, monjo → lukla, 12.6 km | + 1155 m / – 1123 m | 4 hours, + 1155 m / – 1123 m.

Today you’ll repeat the trail from Day 1 of this Everest Three Passes trekking route, a section with plenty of up and down on stone pathways. You could easily make it to Lukla in time for lunch, or you could choose to stop at Cheplung or one of the many other villages along the way, before ending your trek in Lukla in the early afternoon.

The trek elevation profile for the Monjo to Lukla section of the Everest Three Passes trek, plus figures for ascent, descent and max/min elevation

PLACES ON THE MONJO TO LUKLA ROUTE

From Monjo the trail descends to Chumoa then crosses the suspension bridge to Benkar. There is a bit of up and down on stone paths as you work your way around the hillside to the permit checkpoint at Toc Toc. Descend the steps to the metal bridge and up the other side, continuing on to the next bridge at Phakding. It takes around 1.5 – 2 hours to reach the numerous guesthouses at Phakding, likely too early for lunch. The undulating trail continues to the small villages of Ghat, Thadokoshi, and finally, Cheplung, a good lunch stop before the final 45 minute climb to Lukla.

OUR LUKLA ACCOMMODATION

NAME | The North Face Resort

ROOM | Deluxe room: double and single beds, sheets, pillows, blankets; table; large attached bathroom

ROOM COST | 2000 NPR (deluxe, 24/7 hot water); 1500 NPR (attached bathroom, solar shower); 500 NPR (shared bathroom)

BATHROOM | Large attached bathroom (deluxe room), hot shower, sink, flushing sit-down toilet

SHOWER | 500 NPR for gas shower if staying in room with shared bathroom

CHARGING | In room (no cost)

That’s it for our guide to the Everest Three Passes trekking route. We hope you found it useful. If you’ve any thoughts or experiences to share, or any questions about this trek, drop them in the comments below.

THANKS FOR READING!

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip. Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

Kim and Del Hogg

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip.

Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

ORGANISE YOUR TRIP

Still not sorted your travel insurance it’s not too late get a quote now.

3 passes trek clockwise

Liked This Guide? Pin It For Later!

3 leave a reply.

avatar

Great information. Whats the situation with the teahouses on the three passes trek? First come first served? Book in advance? Is booking in advance even possible? These question are all assuming hiking in season.

Going the Whole Hogg

Thanks, glad you’ve found it helpful. Guides will often call ahead and book a teahouse in advance, or porters might go ahead of the rest of their trekking group and secure rooms. If you’re trekking independently it’s not so easy to call ahead (you might not have a number, there may be a language barrier, etc.) so it tends to end up being a first come first served situation for independent trekkers and you might need to try a few different teahouses to get a room. Sometimes, especially in places with fewer teahouses such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep, you …  Read more »

Thank you for the information.

Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide

WORK WITH US

We use cookies to ensure we give you the best possible user experience on Going the Whole Hogg. By continuing to browse this site, we assume you're happy with this.

Cookie and Privacy Settings

We may request cookies to be set on your device. We use cookies to let us know when you visit our websites, how you interact with us, to enrich your user experience, and to customize your relationship with our website.

Click on the different category headings to find out more. You can also change some of your preferences. Note that blocking some types of cookies may impact your experience on our websites and the services we are able to offer.

These cookies are strictly necessary to provide you with services available through our website and to use some of its features.

Because these cookies are strictly necessary to deliver the website, refusing them will have impact how our site functions. You always can block or delete cookies by changing your browser settings and force blocking all cookies on this website. But this will always prompt you to accept/refuse cookies when revisiting our site.

We fully respect if you want to refuse cookies but to avoid asking you again and again kindly allow us to store a cookie for that. You are free to opt out any time or opt in for other cookies to get a better experience. If you refuse cookies we will remove all set cookies in our domain.

We provide you with a list of stored cookies on your computer in our domain so you can check what we stored. Due to security reasons we are not able to show or modify cookies from other domains. You can check these in your browser security settings.

We also use different external services like Google Webfonts, Google Maps, and external Video providers. Since these providers may collect personal data like your IP address we allow you to block them here. Please be aware that this might heavily reduce the functionality and appearance of our site. Changes will take effect once you reload the page.

Google Webfont Settings:

Google Map Settings:

Google reCaptcha Settings:

Vimeo and Youtube video embeds:

You can read about our cookies and privacy settings in detail on our Privacy Policy Page.

Three passes Trekking Cover Image

  • Travel Guide & Tips

Everest Three Passes Trek : All you need to know

  • Modified on Jun 6, 2024

The Three Passes Trek in Nepal , located in the Everest Region, guides trekkers over three high passes: Kongma La (5,550m), Cho La (5,420m), and Renjo La (5,360m). If you believe yourself fit enough for the world’s ultimate trekking route, this trek is a flawless choice. This demanding journey brings you close to some of the world's most stunning mountains, including 8,000-meter giants like Everest, Lhotse, Makalu, and Cho Oyu.

The Everest Three Passes Trek is about more than just crossing high passes, it also takes you to pristine viewpoints like Gokyo Ri, Chukung Ri, and Kala Patthar, as well as the iconic Everest Base Camp. Hiking to these viewpoints is crucial for acclimatization and integral to the Everest Three Passes itinerary .

Interestingly, you can cross these high passes in the Everest region from two directions, known as clockwise and anti-clockwise. If you choose the clockwise route, you'll head west from the scenic town of Namche Bazaar, tackling Renjo La Pass first. Conversely, if you select the counterclockwise route, you'll follow the regular EBC route until Dingboche, then head to Chukung for acclimatization, with Kongma La Pass being the first summit.

Most trekkers accept the counterclockwise route, but in this blog, we'll focus on the clockwise route. This path will truly challenge your high-altitude steadiness, and your body will thank you for it later. Let's dive in.

Table of Content

Three passes trek route and highlights.

The Three Passes Trek route is well-marked, but hiring a trekking guide is highly suggested to simplify bookings and trail navigation, especially during prime seasons. A guide can also offer valuable insights into the local culture and mountain life. While trekking without a guide is doable, the immensity of the mountains makes navigation more challenging than in heavily forested trails. If you join a trekking company, they will provide a trek briefing and a map. If you decide to go solo, purchase a trek map in Kathmandu .

Renjo La is typically viewed as the toughest pass when approached clockwise, while Cho La involves crossing an icy glacier where crampons are helpful. Kongma La Pass is the highest point of the entire circuit. However, weather conditions can alter the difficulty of each pass. Starting early on the days you plan to cross a pass is recommended, allowing plenty of time and avoiding the afternoon breeze.

Now, let's explore the significant daily highlights of this breathtaking trek.

Landing at Lukla Airport

Plane landing at Lukla Airport

Landing at Lukla airport (2,800m) is an adventure in itself and is often regarded as the world's best mountain flight due to the sensational views of several giant mountain ranges. Touching down at the world's most dangerous airport marks the origin of this extraordinary trek. Once in Lukla, you'll instantly feel the mountain atmosphere and start your journey on foot from there. 

Learn more about the Lukla flight and alternative routes for this trek here .

Namche Bazar (3,440m)

Beautiful Namche Bazar Town | Footprint Adventure

Also known as the capital of the Khumbu Region, trekkers have to stay here for two nights as a part of the acclimatization process. This beautiful town provides all the vital facilities before you head to completely isolated places. Here, you will also hike to the Everest View Point (3,880m) to adapt to the thin air of the mountains and will also witness the first sight of Mount Everest along with Taboche, Lhotse, Thamserku, Kusum Khangru, and Ama Dablam. This town also provides you with options for shopping, fine eateries, best lodges, pharmacies, and ATM services. 

Thame (3,800m)

Entry point of Thame Village, Khumbu Region

Thame, a beautiful Sherpa settlement known as the village of Everest summiteers, is about a four-hour walk from Namche Bazaar. On the fourth day of the 3 Passes Trek in the clockwise direction, Thame is a major stop. Trekkers trek through a lovely rhododendron forest alongside the Bhotekoshi River. Along the way, you'll pass through the precious village of Phurte (3,500m), where you'll find a few teahouses and mani stones. Continuing, you'll reach Samde village, cross a suspension bridge, and climb further to arrive in Thame. Once there, you can visit the age-old Thame Monastery, a perfect spot to clear your mind and prepare for the upcoming days of your trek.

Beautiful lungden village during three pass

At an altitude of 4,380m, Lungden is a key stop for those on the Everest 3 Passes Trek, mainly for those heading towards Renjo La Pass clockwise. The walk from Thame to Lungden takes about four and a half hours. Since the next day involves crossing a high pass, you can take a short hike upon reaching Lungden to prepare better. This hike, heading east, offers views of peaks like Kyajo Ri, Nupla, Paniyo Tapa, Kongde, and more. If you hike quickly, it can be completed in about 2.5 hours. Lungden has a few teahouses that offer good services to trekkers. The village remains less commercialized than other famous trekking spots in the Everest region, offering a genuine Himalayan lifestyle understanding.

Renjo La Pass 

View from Renjo La pass

At an altitude of 5,360m, Renjo Pass is one of the world's most sensational Himalayan passes. Leaving Lungden early in the morning, we head northeast to reach the pass's summit. The morning starts with cold temperatures, but the first glow of sunlight on the surrounding mountains offers warmth and motivation. Find your speed, focus on breathing, and avoid rushing. Dress warmly as the wind can pick up unexpectedly. Upon reaching the summit, you'll be rewarded with views of Mt. Pumori, Lhotse, Nirekha, Baruntse, Arkam Tse, Nuptse, Changtse, Lobuche, Makalu, Everest, and other peaks. Renjo Pass provides an exceptional viewpoint for viewing Mount Everest. You'll see the stunning Angladumba Tsho and Relama Lake at the pass's base. After spending some time at the top, you'll descend to Gokyo village (4,790m) for an overnight stay. The trail down is steep and narrow, so proceed cautiously, follow your guide, and stay close to your squad. 

Gokyo Lakes and Gokyo Ri 

A rest day at Gokyo Village is recommended before tackling the next mountain pass. The exquisite Gokyo Lake is a major highlight of the Three Passes Trek. Allow your body to acclimatize in Gokyo village, enjoy the views, and treat yourself to bakery items at 4,790m.

Gokyo Lake on the way to Gokyo Ri summit

Early in the morning, set out for a hike to Gokyo Ri (5,350m), which typically takes 4 to 5 hours round trip, depending on your pace. You'll be rewarded from the summit with sceneries of the Gokyo Lakes, Nzoumba Glacier, and the surrounding high mountains.

Nzoumba Glacier

Massive Nzoumba Glacier, 36km long

Before crossing Cho La Pass, you must cross the vast Nzoumba Glacier. This crossing leads to the small village of Thangnak, where you'll spend the night before endeavoring the second pass of the trek. As the longest glacier in the Himalayas, stretching about 36 kilometers from its origin below Cho Oyu mountain, it flows southwards through soaring peaks and rough terrain, eventually feeding into the Dudh Koshi River. The glacier's sheer size and rugged beauty leave a lasting impression, reminding us of our smallness compared to these majestic natural marvels.

Cho La Pass

A trekker resting at top of Cho La Pass

We start early from Thangnak to ensure we traverse Cho La Pass (5,420m) on time. This pass unites Gokyo Valley with the Everest Base Camp trail and involves a high-altitude trail that includes crossing a glacier, navigating rocky landscapes, and sometimes trekking through snow. After reaching the pass's summit, we descend an icy glacier, so crampons are recommended for this section. An early start is important to avoid afternoon winds and to ensure enough daylight for the crossing. From the top, the 360-degree views of the surrounding Himalayas are astonishing, with snow-covered mountains extending as far as the eye can witness.

Everest Base Camp and Kalapatthar

After traversing Cho La Pass, we will stay at Dzongla and prepare for the trek to Everest Base Camp. Following the northeast route, we will connect to the main EBC trail. We will spend a night in Lobuche (4,990m) and head towards base camp the next morning, passing through Gorakshep, the last settlement on the EBC trek. The trail goes through the Khumbu Glacier, encircled by massive mountains. After reaching base camp, if time and fitness allow, you can hike to Kalapatthar (5,600m) the same day for a sundown view. Otherwise, you can rest overnight at Gorakshep, start the hike to Kalapatthar the next morning, and then return to Lobuche for an overnight stay.

Kongma La Pass

A happy trekker after summiting Kongma La Pass

Kongma La (5,550m) is the final pass to cross after visiting Everest Base Camp. We commence early from Lobuche, crossing the Khumbu Glacier to reach the pass base. If there's no snow, the trail is safer and more open, but heavy snow can make the narrow, rocky path challenging. From the base, follow the left side to reach the summit. At the top, you’ll be rewarded with sensational views of Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Makalu, Lobuche, Cho Oyu, Island Peak, Peak 38, Baruntse, and more. After enjoying the views, descend to Chukung village. Alternatively, if you’re fit, you can take a shortcut to Dingboche village (4,410m) on the same day. The next morning, head to Pangboche, then Namche Bazaar, and finally trek back to Lukla for your flight back to Kathmandu.

Preparation for the Everest Three Passes Trek

Preparing for the Everest Three Passes Trek involves thorough planning, physical training, and smart packing. Trekkers will encounter mixed weather conditions, challenging terrains, and altitude sickness risks. Proper acclimatization is crucial, as is equipping yourself with the right gear, such as thermal clothing, durable boots, and trekking poles. Hiring a proficient guide and porter can enhance your experience by offering cultural understanding and ensuring safety on the journey. Besides, carrying a basic first aid kit and knowing the symptoms of altitude sickness can help prevent health issues.

When it comes to preparation, it's not just about physical enthusiasm, mental preparation is equally essential. For physical training, you can focus on the following:

Strength Training

Include strength training in your routine to develop the muscles vital for the trek. Focus on your legs, core, and upper body. Exercises such as squats, lunges, deadlifts, planks, and push-ups will assist you in carrying your backpack and trekking through vertical trails.

Acclimatization

Identify the significance of acclimatization. Follow your guide's advice and plan rest days into your trek, particularly at higher elevations, to aid your body in adjusting to the low oxygen levels and decrease the chance of altitude sickness.

Build endurance and stamina

Commence your training at least three to six months before the journey. Concentrate on improving your cardiovascular strength by engaging in activities such as running, cycling, swimming, or hiking. Aspire for a minimum of 30 minutes of cardio exercise three to five times a week.

Start hiking before your three passes trek

A hiker walks inside Shivapuri National Park

On weekends, go for hikes, slowly extending the distance and altitude gain. If doable, bring along a weighted backpack to imitate trekking conditions. Doing so will aid your body in adapting to the added weight, improving both your balance and stamina.

Furthermore, mental strength holds equal significance to physical strength. Prepare yourself to tackle the extended days, fluctuating weather, and physical effort with a positive mindset. Familiarize yourself with the route, local culture, and foreseen experiences during the trek. Grasping the journey's challenges and grandeur can strengthen your motivation. Acknowledge that trekking at high altitudes can be unpredictable. Remain versatile in your plans and attuned to your body's signals. It's perfectly acceptable to schedule additional rest days if needed.

Best season for Three Passes Trek

Spring (March-May)

Spring blesses the Everest region with mild temperatures and cloudless skies, creating an optimal atmosphere for trekking. During the day, temperatures balance between pleasant and mildly warm, while nights maintain a refreshing coolness without dipping into a freezing environment. This season grants trekkers outstanding visibility, affording open panoramas of the glorious Himalayan peaks, such as Everest, Lhotse, and Ama Dablam. Photographers will have ample opportunities to capture spectacular shots of the landscape. Additionally, embarking on the trek during spring offers the chance to fully immerse oneself in the deep local culture and partake in the region's lively festivities.

Beautiful Cho Oyu mountain during Three Passes Trek

Autumn (September-November)

Autumn emerges as the major season for trekking in Nepal owing to its constant weather patterns. By September, the monsoon showers have typically dispersed, ushering in days characterized by clarity and dryness. However, it's worth noting that due to escalating global warming, September may still witness occasional rainfall and haziness. Nevertheless, the landscape undergoes a dazzling transformation as the surrounding flora transitions into a kaleidoscope of golden hues, painting the terrain in the spirited colors of fall. With pleasant daytime temperatures and rejuvenating nights, autumn offers trekkers optimal conditions for their high-pass journey. The trails are marked, and the likelihood of encountering snow or ice on the high passes is minimal.

During winter (December to February), the Everest region experiences chilly temperatures and irregular snowfall, rendering trekking more burdensome. Nonetheless, this season presents a viable choice for seasoned trekkers in search of isolation and stunning winter vistas. On the other hand, the monsoon season (June to August) brings overflowing rainfall and muddy trails, posing significant challenges and dangers for trekking. Consequently, it is typically advised to avoid trekking in the Everest region during this period.

Accommodation during Three Passes Trek

Hotels to stay at Gokyo Valley

Accommodations along the Everest Three Passes Trek offer trekkers a comfortable retreat amidst the sensational beauty of the Himalayas. Teahouses and lodges are the primary lodging options, providing essential yet inviting accommodations. Teahouses, in particular, are charming lodges offering either dormitory-style or private rooms with shared bathrooms. Featuring wooden interiors and combined dining areas, these facilities provide a comfortable space for trekkers to enjoy hearty meals and connect with fellow adventurers. While amenities may vary, teahouses typically provide clean bedding, warm blankets, and the option for hot showers, often for an added fee. Some teahouses may offer conveniences such as Wi-Fi and charging ports, although these amenities are more common in lower-altitude villages. While some trekkers may choose to camp along the route, booking with a reputable trekking agency is advisable. This ensures that experienced staff can be arranged for your Three Passes journey. Especially during peak seasons, trekking agencies can pre-book accommodations and provide an unforgettable experience for trekkers.

Food and drinking water during Three Passes Trek

There's no need to worry about food options during this trek. Whether in Lukla or Gorakshep, various options of culinary choices await you on the menu. Along the way, you'll encounter excellent cafes and bars up to Namche, catering to multiple hungers. Additionally, teahouses offer a decent selection of meals, ranging from basic Dal Bhat to Pizza and Spaghetti. However, it's worth noting that the taste may be less delicate at higher altitudes compared to fancier restaurants. It's advisable to avoid deep-fried foods during passes trekking and instead choose a regular intake of Dal Bhat for a well-balanced diet. Meat options are readily available until Namche Bazaar, but afterward, choosing vegetarian options or incorporating eggs into your daily meals is recommended. For vegan trekkers, simply inform the kitchen staff or your guide of your dietary preferences before meals.

Furthermore, it's wise to refrain from drinking cold water in higher areas. Teahouses typically provide a large pot of hot water daily to meet your hydration needs, you just have to buy that. Remember to carry a water filter or purification tablets to treat tap or mineral water during your trek. Know more about purification of water during the trek, here .

Packing list for Everest Three Passes Trekking

  • Thermal tops and bottoms
  • Pants and fleece jackets for insulation
  • Waterproof and windproof pants and jackets
  • Reliable down jacket
  • Waterproof boots with good ankle support
  • Neck buff, warm hat, gloves, and sunglass
  • High-quality pair of socks
  • A medium (40ltr) backpack to carry your personal items
  • Backpack cover (waterproof)
  • Sleeping Bag around minus 20 degrees Celcius. You can also rent a good sleeping bag in Kathmandu
  • Crampons for icy terrains
  • Trekking poles
  • Water bottle, purification tablets
  • Headlamp, basic medicines
  • Internet and ATM services during Three Passes Trekking

Internet and ATM services during Three Passes Trek

A Nepali SIM card works up to Namche Bazaar. You can purchase an Ncell SIM card with a data pack for NPR 700 in Kathmandu. After Namche, teahouses offer internet access via an Airlink Card, which costs NPR 800 for 24 hours. You can also find cards valid for 48 hours at NPR 1,300 in some locations.

Namche is the last reliable stop for ATMs. You can withdraw Nepalese cash either in Lukla or Namche Bazaar. Although there is an ATM in Dingboche, it can be unreliable at 4,410m, especially in emergencies, so it's wise to withdraw enough cash in Namche.

Tipping during Three Passes Trek

Tipping is important during your trek in the Everest Region, especially on the Three Passes Trek. After your trek, it is expected to tip your guide and porter. The standard tipping rate ranges from NPR 1200-1800 per day for porters and NPR 2000-2200 per day for your trek guide. It will be highly appreciated if you are satisfied with the service and wish to give more.

What are the permits for Everest Three High Passes Trek?

You can obtain two major permits for the Three Passes Trekking at Lukla before you start from the main Everest trailhead.

Sagarmatha National Park Permit

You can also get this permit from the Tourist Service Center at Bhrikutimandap, Kathmandu. 

For SAARC nationals NPR 1,500

For foreigners NPR 3,000 

Khumbu Rural Municipality Permit

The Khumbu Municipality imposes a fee of NPR 2,000 (USD 20) per entry for tourists. This fee applies not only to trekkers but also to tourists visiting the region by helicopter.

Contact us for further information about Everest Three Passes Trekking and other best treks in Nepal .

Abhishek Dhital

Abhishek Dhital

Abhishek Dhital relishes observing the customs and cultures of many regions of Nepal as a travel photographer, blogger, and certified trekking guide. He is a native of Dang, a stunning region in western Nepal. He was raised in the Inner Terai and has always loved to climb up to his hometown's highlands. He moved to Kathmandu after completing his schooling, where he received a bachelor's degree in Travel and Tourism Management from Nepal College of Travel and Tourism Management, Lazimpat. He stated, "When I began studying tourism, I became really attracted to its service approach and made the decision to become a professional tour guide and travel writer.

In 2015, he began his photographic journey. He gradually began traveling and shooting genuine grins and experiences. He is now discovering fresh and original techniques to market Nepal and give his clients first-rated service in the mountains.

He declared, "I am really happy to be a member of Footprint Adventure as I can develop my career in a booming tourism industry where I may get the chance to perform well and prove my abilities accepting challenges and pressures completing the organizational goal." He genuinely believes in the power of nature, and he thinks it can change people's outlooks and lead them to discover their life's purpose.

  • Top 10 Best Treks In Nepal
  • Information

Send an Enquiry

Recent posts.

  • Discovering the Majestic Trails: Most Popular Trekking Destinations in Bhutan
  • Ganantantra Diwas- Republic Day in Nepal 2081/2024
  • Top 10 Breathtaking Autumn Treks in Nepal: Hike the Himalayas in Perfect Weather
  • Top 10 Popular Waterfalls in Nepal
  • A Complete Guide to Water Purification While Trekking in Nepal
  • Conquering the Roof of Africa: Your 12-Week Kilimanjaro Training Blueprint

Related Posts

  • Mount Kilimanjaro Climbing Routes: Choose the Best Route for You
  • Dhorpatan Hunting Reserve: The only Hunting Reserve in Nepal
  • Mardi Himal Trek: A Journey Through Nepal's Himalayan Paradise with Five Amazing Women
  • Accommodations
  • Adventure Sports
  • Cultural & Historical
  • Festivals & Events
  • Food and Taste
  • Heritage Sites
  • National Parks & Conservation Areas
  • News & Events
  • Photography
  • Places To Visit
  • Temples & Monasteries
  • Things To Do
  • Uncategorized

We use cookies to ensure that we give you the best experience on our website.

EVEREST THREE PASS TREK MAP

Details of Everest Three Passes Trek Map And Itinerary

  • Last Updated on Dec 2, 2023

We at Mountain Rock Treks provide you with the best and most interactive maps and itineraries for the Everest Three Passes trek of the Everest region. Our Updated Everest three passes trek map and itinerary provides all the trekkable routes in the Khumbu region. 

Our Everest three passes trek map offers all the new updated routes. Likewise, we have uploaded the map in its original and high quality, where the trekkers can experience an exact print copy of the Everest three passes geographic map online. Our map beautifully demonstrates the various trails and landmarks. Also, there is a feature of zooming in and out to discover the places and highlights you have been searching for in the Everest Three Passes trek. 

Therefore learn more about the Everest Three Passes Trek Map and Itinerary. 

Table of Contents

Chola Pass Trek

Everest Three Pass Trek | Booking Cost for 2024-2025

Understanding everest three passes trek map.

Talking about the Everest Three Passes trek is one of the most recognized treks close to the world, tales mountain- Everest. Many trekkers venture to the Everest region after a short flight from Kathmandu to Lukla to make a circuit trek successful. If you are considering completing the Everest three passes trek, remember to carry your Everest three passes trek map and itinerary with you provided by Mountain Rock Treks. 

It is a modern ear, and technological gadgets are a must to make your trek in any place more hassle-free. Similarly, these technological gadgets are helpful, as you can learn and plan the route you will be taking in advance, allowing you to complete your trek more easily and quickly. However, one example of such technical gadgets is Handheld GPS, which has taken over the market recently. 

However, the electronic device can fail, so to prevent you from being stuck, you can always carry a paper Everest three passes trek map and a compass or backup from Mountain Rock Treks. In fact, we, too, provide our guests with one full piece of ma before trekking to Everest three passes trek. 

Everest is the tallest peak in the world, with its peak rising above 8,848.86 m (29,031 ft). and trekking to its base camp or around means trekking to the famous area, which is visited by almost thousands of travelers every year. 

The trek through Everet's three passes gives you breathtaking views of the famous peaks rising above 8000m, 7000m, and 6000 m. Likewise, it also means trekking through the multiple Sherpa villages in g with the multiple landscapes and diversity of flora and fauna of Sagarmatha National Park. In simple words, Everest three passes is a trek to the area of Mt. Everest. Using our trek to Everest does not rise in its glory alone. There will be several peaks like Makalu (8,516m), Lhotse (8,516m), and Ama Dablam (6,812m) to accompany you as you second higher with the help of our Everest three passes trek map itinerary. 

The trail of this trek is somewhat tricky as you need to pass through three high passes of the Everest region: Cho La Pass, Renjo la Pass, and Kongma La Pass. So if you are just a beginner in trekking, do some serious physical endurance training and more. 

In addition, there are many routes for Everet's three passes to choose from. With this in mind, you can not opt to take on a regular Everest three passes trek and pick different starting points and ending points for this trekking. Therefore Mountain Rock Treks Everest's three passes trekking route and itinerary help you to decide about the track, which is very consuming and equally adventurous, so you do feel guilty about not taking the conventional route of Everest three passes trek. 

With the help of this map, you can learn about the distance, altitude, places, etc., which is an essential piece of information. Following this map, many people have finished their trek quickly.

Our Everest three passes trek map and itinerary are carefully planned for trekkers. It provides information about altitude, distance, and various places (famous and remote). Everest’s three maps and itinerary have guided trekkers around the Everest region.

Everest Three Passes Trek Summary  

Everest Three passes trek which officially takes place in the Everest region and contains some of the major attractions to visit, like Renjola Pass, Gokyo Lake, Khong Ma la Pass, Chola Pass, Everest Base Camp, Kala Patthar, and More. Therefore with our three passes trek maps and itinerary, you will take the same route as the standard Everest base camp trek but with many bonuses. 

Everest three-pass trek map guides you to the remote and off-the-beaten path, which only 5-10% of the  60,000 EBC trekkers have followed.

The Everest Three Passes trek's standard starting point is the same as the Everest base camp trek , which you can see below on the map. Trekkers will first take a 35-45 minute flight to Lukla referred, the most dangerous airport in the world. The treks now start after you land in Lukla. Lukla airport is colored a most dangerous one probably because of its weather, altitude, size, and location. 

Trekkers can choose from many route options as the trek lies within the Everest region's off-beaten paths. But trekkers should be considerate and choose the trails to reduce the risks of high altitude sickness gradually. If you choose the clockwise route from the Namche Bazaar to Thame, you will reach your first high pass in two or three days. This route has both advantages and disadvantages. The disadvantage because this could be risky as the highest pass is located above the 5000m elevation here, and the advantage is it's the perfect route if you want to avoid overcrowding. 

If you go with the Everest Three Passes Trek clockwise, the route will include at least one acclimatization day in Mirlung. This will increase your trek success ratio without causing any sickness issues. 

Clockwise Everest three passes trek is a fast way to complete the trek, but we at Mountain Rock Trek offer you the counter-clockwise route, which is far better than the clockwise route. This being said, you will follow the Everest three-passes trek map that takes you along the EBC trail up to Dingboche . You take another route from Dingboche to your first high pass, called Kong Ma La Pass, at 18,209 ft / 5,550 m. This route map is better for proper acclimatization before hiking through high passes. The only disadvantage is that trekkers may have to deal with overcrowding for the first few weeks. 

Everest Three Passes Trek Map Explanation

Our Everest three passes trek map is an updated and high-quality map that will accurately describe the Everest three-pass trekking route in the Everest region. Trekkers have many options, from the starting point to the ending point. 

For example, instead of taking a direct flight to Lukla from Kathmandu, you can travel by land from Phaplu or Jiri and then to Lukla for a more gradual ascend. Many options like this may confuse you, so we provide You with Mountain Rock Treks' detailed Map below, which will help you choose the best route, clockwise or anti-clockwise, for Everest three passes trek.

What is included in the Everest Three Passes Trek map?

Our Everest three-pass trek map shown above is the exact digital copy of the print version. With the coordination of the experiment, map developer Mountain Rock Treks has brought this Map online to provide its trekkers with the best experience during their Everest hike. 

Our Everest three passes trek map is well-designed and presents both the physical features and terrains of the Everest region and the three passes. Our Map also shows the highest and lowest elevations, along with the. Moreover, you can also see many colorful symbols representing mountains, trails, driving trails, waterfalls, glaciers, roads, etc. 

Our Everest three passes trek map includes: 

  • A comprehensive list of local villages is in blue, along with their respective elevations.
  • The simple symbol represents the detailed mapping of all flights you will take. 
  • Identification of panoramic viewpoints along hiking trails, marked in numbers ensured in yellow circles.
  • Collection of mountain names in the Everest region, along with their elevations, denoted by the mountain's symbol.
  • Identification of temples.
  • Provision of a map indicating alternative side trips apart from the classical route represented by a blue dotted line. 
  • A red flag represents the list of all high passes within the Everest region.
  • Our map also shows the avalanche area denoted by the white mountain encircled in the blue circle. 

Note: This representation of the Everest Three Passes trek Map allows you to zoom in and out for convenience. Just right-click on our map to enlarge it. 

Everest Three Passes Trek Outline Itinerary

Day 1: arriving in kathmandu.

  • Kathmandu Elevation- (1,400m / 4,593ft)
  • Airport to Thamel Driving Time- 20/30 minutes
  • Accommodation- Hotels

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu-Lukla and Trek-Phakding

  • Lukla Elevation-(2,850m / 9,350ft)
  • Phakding Elevation- (2650m / 8562ft)
  • Flight Hours- 40 Minutes
  • Trek Distance- 6.2km / 3.8miles
  • Trekking Hours- hours
  • Accommodation- Tea Houses

Day 3: Trek Phakding-Monjo and Namche Bazaar 

  • Monjo Elevation- (2,835 m/9,301 ft)
  • Namche Bazaar- (3,440m / 11,285ft)
  • Trek Distance- 7.4km / 4.6miles
  • Trek Hours- 6 hrs

Day 4:Acclimatization Day

Day 5: Trek Namche Bazaar - Tengboche

  • Tengboche Elevation- 3,870m/12,697ft
  • Trek Hours- 5/6 hrs

Day 6: Trek Tengboche-Dingboche 

  • Dingboche Elevation- 4,360m/14,305ft

Day 7: Trek Dingboche- Chukung

  • Chukung Elevation- 4,730 m/15,518 ft
  • Trek Hours- 4 hrs

Day 8: Trek Chhukung to Kongmo la pass - Lobuche

  • Kongmo la pass Elevation- 5,550 m/ 8,209 ft 
  • Lobuche Elevation- 4,940 m (16,210 ft)
  • Trek Hours- 7-8 hrs

Day 9: Trek Lobuche - Gorakhshep

  • Gorakhshep Elevation- (5,164 m/16,942 ft)  

Day 10: Trek Gorekhshep-Kalapathar-Dzongla

  • Kalapathar Elevation- (5,644.5 m/18,519 ft)
  • Dzongla Elevation- (15,846 ft / 4,830 m)

Day 11: Trek Zongla-Chola pass and to Thagnak

  • Cho la pass Elevation- (5,420m/ 17,782 ft)
  • Thagnak Elevation-4700 m/ 15419 ft
  • Trek Hours- 3/5 hrs

Day 12: Trek Thagnak to Gokyo

  • Gokyo Elevation- (4,750 m/ 15,583 ft)

Day 13: Rest day

Day 14: trek gokyo to renjo la pass- marlung.

  • Renjo la pass Elevation- (5,360 m / 17,560 ft)
  • Marlung Elevation- (4,210m/ 13812 ft)
  • Trek Hours- 8/9 hrs
  • Trekking Distance- 9.5 km / 5.6 mi

Day 15: Trek Marlung to Thame-Namche Bazaar

  •  Namche Bazaar Elevation- (3,440 m / 11,286 ft)
  • Thame Elevation- (3820 m/12,533 ft)
  • Trek Hours- 7/8 hrs

Day 16: Namche-Phakding-Lukla

  • Trekking Distance- 17.6 km / 10.7 mi

Day 17: Fly Back to Kathmandu

Day 18: final, departure or onward for the next program, details itinerary of everest three passes trek.

Today, we will pick you up from Tribhuvan International Airport and transport you to your hotel in Thamel, a bustling and lively district of Kathmandu. The journey from the airport to the hotel takes approximately twenty minutes or thirty. 

Once you are all settled in and want to explore Kathmandu and Thamel, we can help you. The central lanes of Thamel are exclusively designated for pedestrians, creating a perfect environment for leisurely exploration, especially at night.

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu-Lukla and Trek-Phakding  

Your official journey begins today with a short flight to Lukla, about 35-45 minutes. After landing at Lukla, we trek toward the Phakding past Chaurikharka village. 

Today will be a short trek, which also helps in acclimatization. Overnight will be at one of the teahouses in the Phakding. During your leisure time here, feel free to venture out and discover the attractions in and around Phakding. Phakding lies in the lower elevation; you still enjoy the facilities like shops, hotels, swimming pools, and restaurants. Moreover, there are also famous local monasteries around here. Among them, the one not to miss is the monastery named Rimishung Monastery. 

Today's trek will be harder than yesterday's and will take us up the Dudh Kosi Valley. Along the way, we will encounter the enchanting Toktok Waterfall near the park's entrance, providing an ideal spot for a brief rest.

As we trek, one of the most exciting aspects of today's journey will be many bridges that span the river, creating a fascinating crisscross pattern. Also, these suspension bridges are adorned with vibrant prayer flags and often tower high above the rushing waters. The Edmund Hillary Suspension Bridge is the main highlight, towering 125 meters (410 feet) above the river and stretching 140 meters (459 feet). We will reach Namche Bazaar shortly after crossing the bridge and stay the night there.  

Day 4: Acclimatization Day

Today just enjoy your rest day at Namche Bazaar. Acclimatization at Namche Bazaar allows your body to acclimate to the increased altitude. However, there are numerous activities you can opt for, such as exploring the Sherpa Museum or the nearby monastery. Additionally, you can go on a short day hike to the Everest View Hotel, where you can relish a refreshing beverage and indulge in a delightful snack. Or you can watch Everest and enjoy the day at Namche Bazar. 

After a whole day at Namche Bazaar, you will trek towards Tengboche (a village near Pheriche Valley). We will gradually reach the northeast following a smooth and level contour path. Eventually, the trail today will lead us down to the valley floor before ascending to Tengboche. 

As we reach the Tengboche mountain peak, rising above the clouds like Tawache, Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and Thamserku will greet us. We will also visit Tengboche monastery, the largest one in the Khumbu region. This monastery is surely worth visiting due to its 20-foot Buddha sculpture. Likewise, you also get to learn about detailed wall hangings, Buddhist culture, and more. We will stay the night at Tengboche.

Leaving Tengboche, we will ascend to the Imja Khola valley passing through the woods and views of peaks rising above 700m and 8000m in front of us. After trekking for around three kilometers from Tengboche, we will pass by Pangboche (3,985 m), the highest year-round settlement. 

Just before reaching Dingboche, there is a separation in the road. Those following the traditional EBC trek continue on the left path, leading to the village of Pheriche. However, we take the right path and cross a bridge, followed by a challenging ascent to Dingboche. We will spend the night in one of the tea houses. The surrounding Dingboche is beautiful, with mountain peaks like Kangtega, Cho Oyu, Ama Dablam, and Taboche.  

Today, we will take on a less challenging journey, following a gentle slope along the Imja Khola valley floor towards the village of Chhukung (or Chukhung). This section of Sagarmatha National Park is notably peaceful, resulting in a less crowded trail than the route leading up to Tengboche. 

Along the way, we will pass by fields enclosed by stone walls and eventually venture into the moraine area before reaching Chhukung.

Chhukung, originally established as a village of teahouses (lodges), serves as a convenient stopover for trekkers en route to Kongma La and climbers aiming to reach the peak of the Island Peak.

Day 8: Trek Chhukung to Kongma la pass - Lobuche

Today we will hike through our first high passes called Kongma La. Also, it surpasses the elevation of Everest Base Camp. Kongma La pass lies more easternmost and is the highest among the three passes and Everest base camp. 

Considering these challenges , today calls for unwavering focus, crampons, and trekking poles, as a significant portion of the route is rugged and uneven. However, there are also stretches of the trail that are remarkably smooth during the ascent.

Upon reaching the summit, a feast for the eyes unfolds with awe-inspiring vistas for trekkers to the east and west. These panoramas make the difficult climb entirely worthwhile. Thus, proceeding slowly and at one's own pace is crucial. There is no need to rush.

As we are ned of the high pass, e ill pass the Khumbu Glacier, the same glacier that flanks Everest. Also, it is the largest glacier in Nepal. After crossing the Khumbu Glacier, we will reach Lobuche, where we will also spend the night. 

Day 9: Trek Lobuche - Gorak Shep

Gorakshep lies ahead, trail winds through Khumbu Glacier's lateral moraine. Passing the pyramid signpost, we glimpse Everest's north ridge, Pumori, Mahalangur, Lingtern, Khumbutse, and Nuptse. Likewise, ThangmaRiju unveils a 360-degree vista of snow-clad peaks. 

A top Changri glacier, Kala Patthar, reveals beneath Pumori's green knoll. Gorakshep offers a view of snow-capped mountains, including Everest. The trail leads to Everest base camp via Gorakshep Lake, Indian army memorials. At base camp, we will witness treacherous Khumbu icefall, Nuptse, and Khumbutse dominating colorful mountaineers' tents. 

Kala Patthar tops everyone's list as it provides a breathtaking view of Everest. Today, we will head north for the climb. It's not too difficult, but the altitude makes it tiring for us to move. 

After capturing Everest's beauty and other peaks, like Lhotse and Makalu, from Kala Patthar, we return south via the traditional Everest Base Camp trail. Passing through Lobuche, we will divert west near the Imja Khola River, heading to Dzongla village. The path to Dzongla is clear, offering incredible mountain vistas. Peaks like Arakam Tse, Cholatse, Taboche, and Chola Tsho Lake greet us. 

Today we will go for our second high pass, Cho La, at 5,420 m / 17,782 ft and 5,420 m / 17,782 ft. Crossing Cho La Glacier during the ascent makes this pass quite challenging. But, reaching the summit grants us breathtaking panoramas in both the eastern and western directions, where many peaks surround us. On the way down, the descent proves to be even steeper than the ascent, so we need to be more careful during this section. 

Once we successfully conquer the pass, our trek takes us through the picturesque village of Thangnak, which is nestled close to the base of the pass. This remote and stunning portion of Sagarmatha National Park remains hidden from the view of many.

Our third high pass is still uncrossed, so we will leave Thangnak early in the morning and hike toward Gokyo. Gokyo is a small village that proudly resides in the majestic presence of Mt Cho Oyu (8,150 m / 26,739 ft), famed as the sixth-highest mountain.

 Ngozumpa Glacier is located directly above the village, and it stretches out, showcasing its magnificence as the longest glacier in the entire Himalayan range, spanning an impressive distance of 36 km (22 mi). Adding to its allure, Gokyo finds itself graced by one of the most remarkable features in the world—the Gokyo Lakes. 

This pristine freshwater lake system sits at the highest altitude globally. These lakes hold deep significance for Buddhists and Hindus, with approximately 500 Hindus embarking on an annual pilgrimage to immerse themselves in their sacred waters every August.

Today holds a momentous occasion as we hike on a thrilling expedition to conquer the summit of Gokyo Ri (Peak), granting us extraordinary panoramic vistas. Our journey encompasses a relatively straight path leading us to the peak and back to Gokyo overnight. 

From the pinnacle of Gokyo Ri, our eyes feast upon the majestic spectacle of Gokyo IV (or Tonak Pokhari), the largest among the Gokyo Lakes, sprawling beneath us in the north. Towards the southwest, the mesmerizing sight of Renjo La captivates our gaze, anticipating our forthcoming traverse. Extending beyond, to the north and east, an unending procession of illustrious peaks unveils itself, including four towering giants that surpass the formidable 8,000-metre mark: Everest, Lhotse, Makalu, and Cho Oyu!

Today, we will pass on the third and final leg of our trekking route, Renjo La (5,360 m), a pass lower than the previous two we conquered. Interestingly, you might encounter local people with their yaks along the way as they populate this path. Renjo La is relatively quiet compared to other passes, with only some trekkers passing through.

We begin our journey by leaving Gokyo behind and heading west, walking alongside the lake's northern edge. And as we gradually ascend the pass, the view behind us unfolds, revealing the breathtaking beauty of Gokyo and Ngozumpa Glacier. The higher we climb, the more magnificent the panorama becomes. The terrain leading up to Renjo La is rugged and uneven, making it a perfect day for using trekking poles.

Our overnight stop is Marulung, one of the few settlements in Sagarmatha's less densely populated area.

Today we trek from Marlung to Namche Bazaar. For this, we started our journey early and walked alongside the Bhote Kosi River. The valley initially presents a steep terrain but gradually widens as we continue t trek. Unlike some other regions, this serene valley remains relatively untouched by the effects of tourism, so we see very few travelers here.

Our journey takes us through the picturesque village of Thame, once inhabited by renowned Sherpa mountaineers such as Tenzing Norgay and Apa Sherpa. Visiting Thame Monastery, situated above the village, is highly recommended if time permits.

We will return to Namche Bazar from the very different path we took the previous time. This path will reward us with breathtaking scenery as we traverse along the contour of the northern bank of the Bhote Khosi, a tributary of the Dudh Khosi. Those fortunate enough to be in Namche on a Saturday can explore its vibrant market.

We again retrace our steps back to Lukla from the Namche bazaar. 

We took a two-day journey from Lukla to Namche Bazaar during our ascend expedition, with a brief overnight stay in Phakding. However, on our way back, we will cover the same distance in a single day, allowing our bodies to relax and hike simultaneously. We will stay overnight at Lukla.

Today we will wake early and have our breakfast in Lukla. If everything goes well, we will board a plane for a 40-minute flight to Kathmandu. This flight will be relaxing with the landscapes and forest views below you. After reaching Kathmandu, you can relax in your hotel or just stroll around the Vibrant Thamel for some shopping. 

As the last day arrives, you bid farewell to Kathmandu and take a flight back to your homeland, cherishing the remarkable memories of an extraordinary trekking expedition in the Everest region of Nepal.

  • Latest Update

Dipak Pande

Dipak Pande

Dipak starts to step up from potter, guide, and trekking leader to the company owner. Sometimes he share his experience with others as well as wrote in local travel news. Most of time he spend his time on mountain and his company.

Drop a message

Recent posts.

  • Know before ABC Trek Food, Drinks and Lodges
  • Early Bird Booking or Low Deposit Holidays in Nepal
  • Manaslu Circuit Trek in Spring 2025 on March, April and May
  • Female Trekkers Safe to trek in Langtang valley?
  • Shamanism Tour in Nepal - Spiritual and Meditation
  • Why Manaslu known as a killer mountain in Nepal?

Related Posts

  • Everest Trek Guide
  • Latest News and Update
  • Map and Itinerary
  • Nepal Trekking Cost
  • Peak Climbing
  • Tour in Nepal
  • Trekking in Nepal

We use cookies to ensure that we give you the best experience on our website.

Govt. Regd. No: 27161/060/61

Whatsapp +977 9841353904.

Alpine Adventure Club

Everest 3 High Passes Trek

Everest 3 High Passes Trek is a challenging high pass trek in Nepal, crossing three high mountain passes in the Everest region: Renjo La , Cho La , and Kongma La . Besides crossing the three high passes of the Everest region, you can also visit the most famous places like Gokyo Lakes, Gokyo Ri peak, Everest Base Camp, Kala Patthar, Chhukung Ri, and Tengboche Monastery on this trek.

Everest Three High Passes Trek is considered one of the most beautiful high altitude trekking routes in the world and offers a unique opportunity to explore the breathtaking Khumbu Valley, home of Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world. The trek will take you through traditional Sherpa villages and monasteries, giving you an insight into the rich culture and history of the region.

The trekking route is also home to various plants and animals, including the Himalayan tahr, the snow leopard and the national bird of Nepal, the danphe. The trek offers breathtaking views of Mount Everest, Lhotse, Cho Oyu and other peaks of the Himalayan range.

The Everest Three High Passes trek usually takes around 18–21 days to complete and requires a good level of physical fitness as well as proper acclimatization to the high altitude. Being guided by a professional mountain guide as well as having valid travel insurance is highly recommended.

Everest three high passes trekking often starts from Lukla Mountain airport. There are daily flights from Kathmandu to Lukla, but seats must be booked in advance. If you do not want to take a flight to Lukla, you will have to start the trek from Salleri or Jiri Bazaar. Which means that you will need several extra days for trekking in Solu and the lower Khumbu Valley.

During the trekking you will walk from Namche Bazar on a little used path between Renjo La Pass (5,360 m) and Gokyo Lake (4,750 m). You will discover the remote and untouched Nangpa La valley, the Sherpa village of Marlung and the monastery village of Thame.

From Gokyo, you can hike to the top of Gokyo Ri (5,357 m) or to Fifth Lake (4,980 m), which is a more strenuous day hike. After Gokyo Lake, follow the route to cross Cho La Pass (5,420 m), one of the most popular and visited passes in Everest region. Crossing Cho La Pass, you will continue the trek to Gorakshep (5,140 m) to visit Everest Base Camp and climb the non-technical peak Kala Patthar. From here you will have excellent views of Mount Everest (8,848 m), Lhotse (8,516 m), Nuptse (7,861 m) and many other snow-capped mountains.

After enjoying the view of Kala Patthar, hike back to Gorakshep and from here continue the trek to Lobuche. From here you will have to cross another pass, Kongma La Pass (5,535 m), which is a bit more difficult than the other two passes. The trek from Lobuche to Chhukhung is a long day, but it offers an adventurous journey.

From Chhukhung, you will trek in the morning to Chhukhung Ri (5,550 m) and back to Chhukhung, from where you will trek for a few more days to Lukla, where the trek ends. From Lukla, take a morning flight to Kathmandu.

The Everest trek over three high passes can be done clockwise and counterclockwise (anti-clockwise). The clockwise direction is more challenging, but the counterclockwise direction is much easier than clockwise. If you want to do this trek counterclockwise, it is better to contact us for a new itinerary.

21 days Everest Base Camp Trek includes 16 days trekking (17 days from Kathmandu), one day sightseeing and one day rest in Kathmandu, two days for arrival and departure from Kathmandu.

Customizing the trip itinerary and package

The trip itinerary will be customized according to your wishes. You can even book the hotel in Kathmandu yourself and if you don't need a porter, carry the luggage yourself, which is also possible, but a guide is mandatory if you book full board trekking package service.

Everest Three High Passes Trek Highlights

  • Cross three of the most important high mountain passes in the Everest region - the Renjo La Pass, Cho La Pass and Kongma La Pass - each offering spectacular views of the Himalayas.
  • Hike through remote and less-visited areas, providing a sense of wilderness and solitude. The landscapes vary from lush forests and picturesque valleys to high-altitude barren terrain.
  • Spectacular views from different vantage points of Mt. Everest, Cho Oyu, Makalu, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, Thamserku and many more snow-capped mountains.
  • Visit to the Gokyo Lakes, a series of glacial lakes at high altitude. The turquoise waters of the lakes reflect the surrounding peaks.
  • Climb to the top of Gokyo Ri for a stunning 360-degree view of the entire Everest region. Withness sunrise or sunset over the Himalayas, with Everest, Cho Oyu, and Makalu dominating the skyline.
  • Immerse yourself in the unique Sherpa culture, customs and traditions and visit Buddhist monasteries.
  • Visit the most popular trekking destination Everest Base Camp to see the Khumbu Icefall and the sheer magnitude of Everest from this point is awe-inspiring.
  • Ascent to Kala Patthar, a famous viewpoint that offers one of the best views of Mount Everest, and much more.
  • The hike leads past the Ngozumpa Glacier, the largest glacier in the Himalayas. The view of the glacier with its crevasses and ice formations adds to the dramatic scenery of the region.
  • Stay overnight in mountain lodges along the route, enjoy local food and share experiences with other trekkers.

Everest 3 High Passes Trek Cost

The cost of the Everest Three High Passes trekking package depends on various factors. These include the duration of the trek, the size of the group (Larger groups might be able to negotiate better rates, while solo trekkers or small groups may pay a premium for personalized services), the level of services included (budget, standard, luxury) and the reputation and standard of the trekking company you choose.

The Alpine Adventure Club announces the cost and some fixed departure dates for the Everest Three High Passes Trek for groups joining in 2024 and 2025, the cost includes the standard service. If you wish to participate in a private trek, the cost will be different.

Everest 3 High Passes Trek 21 Days Itinerary

Day 01: Arrive in Kathmandu Day 02: Kathmandu Sightseeing and trek Preparation Day 03: Kathmandu flight to Lukla trek to Phakding (2,610 m) Day 04: Phakding trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) Day 05: Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) Day 06: Namche Bazaar trek to Thame (3,800 m) Day 07: Thame trek to Lungden (4,300 m) Day 08: Lungden trek to Gokyo Lake over the Renjo La Pass (5,360 m) Day 09: Hike to Gokyo Ri (5,357 m) then trek to Thangna/Dragnag (4,700 m) Day 10: Thagna trek to Dzongla (4,830 m) over the Cho La Pass (5,420 m) Day 11: Dzongla to Lobuche (4,910 m) Day 12: Lobuche trek to Gorak Shep (5,140 m) and hike to Everest base camp (5,364 m) Day 13: Hike to Kala Patthar (5,545 m) then trek to Lobuche (4,910 m) Day 14: Lobuche trek to Chhukhung over the Kongma La Pass (5,535 m) Day 15: Chhukung hike to Chhukung RI (5550m) then trek to Dingboche (4,410 m) Day 16: Dingboche trek to Tengboche (3,867 m) Day 17: Tengboche trek to Monjo (2,840 m) Day 18: Monjo trek to Lukla (2,840 m) Day 19: Lukla flight to Kathmandu (1,350 m) Day 20: Reserve Day in Kathmandu Day 21: Depart Kathmandu

  • Private Trek Price
  • Price Includes/Excludes
  • Details Itinerary
  • Group Joining
  • Tailor Made Holiday

Destination: Nepal Trekking Region: Everest Trek Start Point:   Lukla Trek End Point: Lukla Trekking Accommodation:  Teahouses/Mountain Lodges Trekking Grade : Challenging Best Season:   March – May / September-November Max Elevation: 5,550 meters Duration: 21 Days

The price of a private trek can fluctuate due to several factors, such as the trekking agency selected, the trek's duration, the group size, the level of services desired, and the preferred category of accommodation (deluxe, standard, or budget) in the city and during the trek, the choice between normal (simple) teahouses or the best available teahouses can also impact the overall price. Therefore, it is recommended that you click here: Price request form and fill in the required information and submit the same to get the exact price of your preferred trek and service.

PRICE INCLUDES:-

  • Airport pick up and airport drop by private transportation including before and after the trek
  • Accommodation in Kathmandu with breakfast (2 and above participants get twin sharing room in 3-star standard hotel)
  • Historical monument city sightseeing with a tour guide
  • Historical monuments city sightseeing transportation by Non A/C Comfortable Vehicle
  • Kathmandu sightseeing/monument visits Entrance fees
  • Domestic air tickets from Kathmandu to Lukla, Lukla to Kathmandu for guests and guide
  • Trekking accommodation in normal Trekkers Lodge/Teahouse (2 and above participants get twin sharing room)
  • Three time meals a day during the trekking Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner/Main course
  • Dessert (Fresh Fruits/Chocolate) after dinner on behalf of the company
  • One Experienced English-speaking, government licensed and ministry of tourism trained trekking guide and his food, accommodation, and salary
  • Porters from Lukla to carry your luggage while trekking (Two guests get one porter carrying a maximum of 25 kg of luggage)
  • Everest / Sagarmatha National park entry fee
  • Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality entry fee
  • Insurance for Nepalese staff (Trekking guide and Porters)
  • Nepal Government taxes and office service charge

PRICE EXCLUDES:-

  • Lunch and Dinner during the stay in Kathmandu
  • Extra night accommodation in Kathmandu because of early arrival, late departure, early return from mountain (due to any reason) than the scheduled itinerary
  • International air tickets and airport taxes
  • Nepal visa fee
  • Personal trekking equipment and Clothing
  • Wire Transfer charge or Credit card service charge as company rule
  • Alcoholic beverages, laundry, Telephone calls and all types of hot drinks in Trekking
  • Soft drinks such as cola, mineral water etc
  • Hot water, battery charge and hot shower charge during the trek (If need to pay)
  • Personal nature expenses and Tipping (Tips)
  • High risk medical / travel insurance and First aid kit
  • Expenses resulting from delays beyond our control in case of weather, flight cancellations, or natural calamities
  • Emergency rescue evacuation (if needed)
  • Any other things not mentioned

Day 01: Arrive in Kathmandu After you arrive in Kathmandu airport please check our company board outside the main gate there will be our airport representative you will meet with him and he will transferred to hotel by private vehicle and our representative will help you to check-in your hotel after that if time enough, representative will take you to our office for short briefing about the trip but if not enough time then give a short trip brief in hotel and request to pay the due balance for the trip. Overnight at Hotel Day 02: Kathmandu Sightseeing and trek Preparation After breakfast, Kathmandu visits Durbar Square, Pashupatinath Temple, Swayambhunath Stupa, and Boudhanath Stupa which are all World Heritage Sites. Durbar Square throws light on the life of the royals in ancient times. Pashupatinath Temple is one of the most important pilgrimage places for all Hindus. Swayambhunath is also known as Monkey Temple and Boudhanath Stupa is one of the largest stupas in the world. Late in the afternoon, we introduced you to your mountain/trek guide. overnight at Hotel Day 03: Kathmandu flight to Lukla trek to Phakding (2,610 m) Early morning your trek guide will be meet you at your hotel and transfer you to airport by private vehicle for the Lukla flight. Kathmandu to Lukla you will fly on a twin-engine (tiny) aircraft. The views from the plane are amazing, providing dramatic views of terraced hills and the distant Himalayan giants. After landing in the village of Lukla (2,840 m) you will meet the rest of your staff/porters that guide will hire them in Lukla for your whole trek. The trail drops steeply for bit then descends to Chheplung (2,660 m) and Thado Khosi gaon there is suspension bridge that you have to cross after that you see the head of the valley Mt. Kusum Kanguru (6,367 m). After bridge climbs bit to reach at Ghat (2,590 m) on banks of the Dudh Koshi River just short visit at monastery then little easy walk then after climb again to reach at Phakding (2,610 m) Overnight at Teahouse. Day 04: Phakding trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) Today, the trail we cross the Dudh Koshi river and climb gently the valley to Toktak (2,760 m) and Benkar (2,710 m) The trail keeps close to the river valley and is lined with beautiful blue pine and rhododendron forest that is very spectacular in the spring months, when the flowers are in bloom and also you will see the beautiful waterfall. We will see the snow-capped peak of Thamserku (6,623m) and Khumbi La (5,765 m) at Benkar. We cross the Dudh Kosi River at Benkar. From here it is only a short walk to Monjo (2,840 m). Just beyond the Monjo trek enters the Sagarnatha (Everest) national park where you need to check your permits. After checking the permits the trail steep rocky descend to large farm aftermath cross bridge at Dudh Kosi and follow the west banks. Just short distance up the river is Jorsale (2,830 m). The trail follows the river for a while, then re-crosses the Dudh Koshi along the river bank and after short ups and downs, makes a steep climb near the confluence of the two rivers (Bhote Koshi and Dush Koshi) then little climb and re-crosses bridge at Dudh Koshi after that the trail follows steeply ascent towards the Namche Bazaar(3,440 m). One hour before arrive Namche Bazaar from where we may see the Mt. Everest (8848m), Lhotse (8,516 m) and Nuptse (7,879 m) first time in your life. Namache bazaar is gate way to khambu. Namche is the main trading village in the Khumbu region and holds a busy Saturday market. There is set a meeting place for the Hindu traders from the lowlands and the Tibetan yak caravans that have reached there by crossing the glaciated Nangpa La pass. Overnight at teahouse. Day 05: Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) Acclimatization is most important before heading higher. Most off the trekker’s acclimatization at Namche on their trek schedule. Today you may excursion to viewpoint in the stand point of splendid view of the Himalayas including Mt. Everest (8,848 m), Lhotse (8,516 m), Lhotse shar (8,382 m), Nuptse (7879m), peak- 38 (7,591 m), Ama dablam (6,856 m), Thamserku (6,623 m), Kangtega (6,783 m), Kusum kangaru (6,367 m), Cholaste (6335m), Tabuche peak (6495m), Khumbi La (5,765 m) and  Kwangde Ri (6,011 m) etc. After day excursion return to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) and look around Namche Bazaar. Overnight at teahouse Day 06: Namche Bazaar trek to Thame (3,800 m) Trek from Namche Bazaar to Thame (3,739 m) and it takes about four hours. From Namche the route turns west and the trail is almost level as you head up the Bhote Koshi Valley, once a popular trading route into Tibet. Along the way you pass many prayer flags, mani walls and carved stones, all indicative of the Tibetan Buddhist culture of this area. After descending to the Bhote Koshi the trail climbs steeply to Thame. From here there are good views of the peaks of Teng Kangpoche (6,500 m) and Kwangde (6,187 m) and to the north is the Nangpa La, the pass leading to Tibet. Thame Gompa is situated above the village overlooking the valley and is the site for the spring celebrations of the Mani Rimdu festival. Overnight at teahouse Day 07: Thame trek to Lungden (4,300 m) Today the trek to Lungdeng (4,300 m) mostly up hill, the trails pass by many old, walled Sherpa villages. During the walking we will observe varieties of plants and animals with unique Sherpa culture. We can also sometimes share the trail with Tibetan Yak caravans, trading en route between Nepal and Tibet that we follow the same route to Lungdhen (4,300 m). Along the trail you will be meet the Tibetan people who come to Namche Bazaar through Nagpa La Pass to selling their things.  Overnight at teahouse Day 08: Lungden trek to Gokyo Lake over the Renjo La Pass (5,360 m) Today trek to Renjo la Pass to Gokyo Lake it is quite long and difficulty day to reach Gokyo Lake over the Renjo La Pass (5,360 m).  The trail often follows steeply ups and down with sandy ridges. We will crosses frozen stream, and walk through dramatic rock, we will past several yak kharkas and twin Renjo Lakes, the view from the top is incredible, today we can have magnificent view of Mt. Cho Oyu (8,201 m) Mt. Everest (8,848 m), Lhotse (8,516 m), Nuptse (7,879 m), Makalu (8,481 m), Cholaste (6,335 m), Tabuche peak (6,495 m) and Gychung Kang (7,922 m) etc. After top of Renjo La Pass you are heading down hill and some level walk finally you reach at Gokyo Lake (4,750 m) Overnight at teahouse Day 09: Hike to Gokyo Ri (5,357 m) then trek to Thangna/Dragnag (4,700 m) Wake up early and hike up to Gokyo Ri (5,357 m) where you can enjoy a breathtaking panoramic view of Everest region including Everest, Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu. After enjoying the view from Gokyo Ri, hike back to Gokyo. After lunch, you will continue your trek along the Ngozumpa Glacier, crossing rocky terrain. We will reach Thangna, a small settlement at the foot of Cho La Pass. Overnight at Teahouse Day 10: Thagna trek to Dzongla (4,830 m) over the Cho La Pass (5,420 m) Today is going to be one of the tough days, the pass is not itself difficult but it is steep and involves a glacier traverse on the eastern side. We need to be careful as the trail is vertical and the rocks glazed by ice add trouble to the trekkers making the trekking trail slippery. Our trail climbs through a narrow valley and a rocky trail we climb up continuously up from Phedi. As we gain height, the view gets increasingly captivating before us. We trek through the side of a frozen lake while we come to the top of the Cho La pass (5,420 m) decorated with prayer flags. Famous mountains we get sight of during the trail on the Pass and from the top are Kyajo Ri, Tengkangpoche, Numbur, Kangchung etc. The pyramidal Ama Dablam presides over a range of mountains on the south even as Cholatse soar on the west and Lobuche East and Baruntse rises sharply to our right. After the Cho La pass, the trail descends steeply towards the Dzonglha (4,830 m) passing through some crevasses and pine forests before we reach at Dzongla, another beautiful place with a complete view of Mt. Cholatse, Mt. Ama Dablam, Lobuche and the Pheriche village far below. Finally you reach at Dzongla (4,830 m) here are few basic teahouse facilities. Overnight at teahouse Day 11: Dzongla to Lobuche (4,910 m) Today you don’t have to walk longer and also not hard trail from Dzongla to Lobuche so you can enjoy the trip after crossing the Cho La Pass (5,420 m). The trail is descends and ascends gently and level walk finally you reach at Lobuche (4,910 m). This trip is providing excellent views of Ama Dablam, the Nuptse-Lhotse, Everest, Pumori, Lobuche peak etc. Lobuche is a small village situated nearby the stream and the sunset on Nuptse is a memorable sight. Overnight in teahouse Day 12: Lobuche trek to Gorak Shep (5,140 m) and hike to Everest base camp (5,364 m) Today, the trail follows western side of khumbu valley ascends gently through meadows nearby the glacial moraine after that ascends and descends in the rocky path with some rounding the bands. Along the way you can enjoy incredible views of Pumori (7167m) Lingtren (6,713 m), Khumbutse (6,639 m), Nuptse (7,879 m),  Lobuche east (6,090 m) as well as Khumbu glacier and icefall. After finishing several bands you will a bit descends to Gorak Shep (5,140 m). After reaching Gorak Shep you may have your lunch and leave your bag pack at teahouse then start your journey to Everest base camp (5,364 m). You will spend about 4 and half hours trek up to Everest Base Camp and back to Gorak shep. The trek trail is on glacier and snow capped rocks. You can also see many small frozen lakes around the Everest Base Camp. There are several mountains including Pumori (7,165 m), Lingtren (6,713 m), Khumbutse (6,639 m), Nuptse (7,879 m) and Lhotse (8,516 m) but you can’t see the mount Everest (8,848 m) from Everest base camp although  you will see it along the trail.  The most impressive view from Everest base camp is the Khumbu icefall. After enjoying beautiful moment at the Everest base camp then return back to Gorak Shep. Overnight at teahouse. Day 13: Hike to Kala Patthar (5,545 m) then trek to Lobuche (4,910 m) Today early in the morning from Gorak shep hike up to Kala patter for magnificent view of the numerous Himalaya as well as breathtaking view of sunrise. The trail from Gorak sheep to Kala patter at the beginning steep climb up approximately half an hour reach the flat land where have been attending Nepal government cabinet meeting regarding the issue of the global warming in 2009.it was first cabinet meeting in such a high place in the world. Aftermath the trail steep climb with lots of bends finally you reach at kala patter after that about 50 meters steeply with rocky climbing to summit the main Kala patthar (5,545 m). Today you may see excellent view of sunrise on the Mt. Everest (8848), Lhotse (8,516 m),  Nuptse (7,879 m),  Ama dablam (6,856 m), Thamserku (6,623 m), Kangtega (6,783 m), Kusum kangaru (6,367 m), Cholaste (6,335 m), Tabuche peak(6,495 m) Lobuche peak (6,090 m) , Lingtren (6,713 m), Khumbutse (6,639 m), Lho La ,south col, changste as well as Everest base camp, Khumbu Icefall and few lake. Once you are at the kala pattar you may feel you are touching Mt. pumori and close-up view Mt. Everest. Finally the dream comes in true then will return back to Gorak shep have a breakfast continue trek heading down to Lobuche (4,910 m) overnight at teahouse. Day 14: Lobuche trek to Chhukhung over the Kongma La Pass (5,535 m) Today you are walking through descends trail then ascends to Kongma La Pass (5,535 m) then after descends and level walk to Chhukhung (4,730 m). The trail is very narrows with rocky and difficulty trail suit for adventures lovers. Between Lobuche to Chhukung there is a not teahouse facility so you need to take a pack Lunch and enough drinking waters. After long hard walk then finally you reach at Chhukung (4,730 m). Overnight at teahouse Day 15: Chhukung hike to Chhukung RI (5550m) then trek to Dingboche (4,410 m) The trail steeply climb up approximately two hours to Chhukung  Ri (5,550 m).Chhukung Ri offers  splendid panorama of Mt.Makalu (8,463 m),Baruntse (7,220 m), Cho oyu (8,201 m)Pumori (7,165 m), Lhotse (8,516 m), Lhotse shar (8,382 m), Nuptse (7,879 m), peak- 38 (7,591 m), Ama dablam (6,856 m), Thamserku (6,623 m), Kangtega (6,783 m), Kusum kangaru (6,367 m), Cholaste (6,335 m), Tabuche peak (6,495 m),kwangde Ri (6,090 m),Chhukung peak (5,833 m), Amphulapche (5,663 m), Island Peak (6,189 m), Amphulapcha Pass (5,839 m) and beautiful view of Imja lake.  After relaxing beautiful moment at Chhukung RI then return steep descends to Chhukung and easy walk to Dingboche (4,410 m). Overnight at teahouse Day 16: Dingboche trek to Tengboche (3,867 m) The trail from Dingboche descends the valley then cross the Khumbu Khola bridge and climbs to rejoin the upward trail at some stone huts near Orsho. After that the trail leads slightly descends to Orhso continue level walk to Somare then slightly descents and a bit ascend for a while then level walk to two way junction where one trail higher right hand side goes to Phortse village  via upper Pangboche and another lower trail left hand side goes to Tengboche through lower Pangboche. Beyond pangboche the trail descends past some magnificently carved mani stones to the Imja Khola, which we cross via a steel suspension bridge high above the river at a spot where it rushes through a narrow cleft then to Debache and a short steep climb to Tengboche through a forest of birches conifers and rhododendrons. Finally you reach at Tengboche(3,867 m).  You may enjoy the breathtaking view of sunset and sunrise as well as magnificent view of the Mt. Everest including other Himalayas from Tengboche. Tengboche monastery is one of the beautiful monasteries in solu khumbu area as well as the religious center of the whole ‘Sherpa land ‘entire solu khumbu area. Overnight at teahouse. Day 17: Tengboche trek to Monjo (2,840 m) Today we trek back along the Dudh Kosi River through a magnificent rhododendron forest and past brilliant waterfalls. Shortly before reaching Namche, the trek takes us through a pine forest, where musk deer often graze in the early morning. Arriving in town, we may see lowland porters, highland Sherpas, and Tibetan people and again you reach in Namche bazaar. After Namche the trail descend to Larja dobhan (confluence of two rivers) though the pine forests before you reach at Larja Dobhan you may get last opportunity to see Mt. Everest and Lhotse. After cross the bridge at Larja Dobhan the trail descends for while and then walk along the Dudh Koshi River. Re-cross the Dudh Koshi continue level walk to Jorsale. Beyond the Jorsale the trail leads a bit ascend after that re-crosses the suspension bridge then short steep climb to Monjo (2835 m) overnight at teahouse. Day 18: Monjo trek to Lukla (2,840 m) From Monjo the trail leads descends for a while and cross Dudh kosi over the suspension bridge then short easy level walk to Benkar. After Benker the trail follows a bit up and down and level walk along the Dush kosi valley then after re-crossing the suspension bridge you reach at Phakding (2,610 m). Beyond Phakding the trail follows a short descends continue level walk for a while then short steep climb up passes several Buddhist setups at Ghat village. Aftermath short steep climb up to Thado kosi and a bit descends re-cross the small bridge then climb up a short distance after that  finally you re-crosses last long suspension bridge of your trek. The trail after the long suspension bridge follows the up wards route as far as Chablung, then turns off towards Lukla. The broad trail at Chablung leading uphill to the left hand side climbs steadily past a few (bhattis) local inn and houses. From there the trail follows through scrub forest above the school and houses of Chaurikharka village then final climb up of your trek about half and hour reach lukla Tamang tole where a new settlement with houses and Bhattis then short distance walk to approach to Hotel close by Lukla airport. Overnight at teahouse. Day 19: Lukla flight to Kathmandu (1,350 m) In the morning, we take the tiny aircraft to flight from Lukla to Kathmandu which is very interesting scenery flight journey on the earth. After arrival in Kathmandu airport we drive you to hotel. Overnight at Hotel Day 20: Reserve Day in Kathmandu Lukla gets occasional flight delays during the main season. This may cause missing your international flights as well, so we recommend you to prepare accordingly. Lukla suffers from quick weather changes and that may affect inbound and outbound flights. We reserved this day for possible flight delays. If we have a timely flight on DAY 03 or 20, we can use this day for rest in Kathmandu. You can shop around local markets and walk around the city. Overnight at Hotel Day 21: Depart Kathmandu After breakfast, End of our services with departure transfer to the Kathmandu airport to board flight for your onward destination

Join Our Scheduled Departures at a Group Price !

If above trip itinerary that doesn't suit to your holiday schedule or you wish to modify the itinerary or combines with any travel plans, then please let us know and we'll be happy to create a tailor made itinerary, designed and departure the trip any date that suitable to your holiday schedule especially for you. Please Tailor Made Request Form for tailor made trip.

Choose Everest Trekking

Travel in Nepal

You are using an outdated browser. Please upgrade your browser to improve your experience.

Nepal Independent Guide

Three Passes Trek

  • Trekking in Nepal
  • Everest Region

3 pass trekking

Since the terrain can be hard and the days long, hikers on these treks should be in good physical condition and have some previous mountain walking experience. Steep climbing may be involved, although it is never necessary to use ropes. Treks at this level can he arranged for periods of 16 to 21 days. Typically, a gradual ascent through a green river valley will lead you up to a number of high passes, where you will reach the altitude of 5416m. Often times, you will get a close insight into the Tibetan culture. Participants should expect to trek above 5416m/17872ft.

Group Price

Number of Travellers

  • Detail itinerary
  • Cost Includes/Excludes
  • Fixed Departures
  • Reviews (20)

Everest Three Passes Trek in Nepal:

The Three Passes trek in the Everest region is very famous in Nepal. You walk through three different passes, each with its beautiful views. You see the stunning Himalayan scenery, green meadows, and high passes on the alpine plateau of the Everest Region. This trek is also called The Three Passes Three Peaks Trek. It includes Renjo La Pass ( 5,388 meters / 17,678 feet), Cho La Pass ( 5,420 meters / 17,782 feet), and Kongma La Pass ( 5,535 meters / 18,159 feet). As the three passes, Kala Patthar ( 5,643 meters / 18,514 feet), Gokyo Ri ( 5,357 meters / 17,575 feet), and Chukhung Ri ( 5,550 meters / 18,208 feet) as the three peaks. You don’t need climbing permits to climb these peaks.

The 3 pass trek follows the Everest Base Camp route for a 17 -day Trip, which provides some stunning views of the Himalayas and Mount Everest during the trek. As one of the most scenic treks in the world, the Everest Base Camp trek can be enjoyable. But the Everest Three Passes trek can offer you even more of the region’s beauty. There has been a lot of interest in the inner Sagarmatha National Park of the Gokyo Lakes trek and the EBC trek, including the three passes. And this trek takes you through the endpoint of that trek. 

The Everest three passes trek is through a remote alpine highlander area of Sherpa Villages, various landscapes , charming Sherpa village, Namche Bazaar  the Birthplace of Apa Sherpa “village THAME” which summits 21 times the top of the world’s highest peak Mt. Everest, glory Gokyo lake , and largest Khumbu glacier. The total distance of the Three Passes Trek is about 92 miles round trip. It takes 17 days in total to complete the trek. Many solo travelers and small groups of travelers like to take the Three Passes Trek.

Everest 3 High passes trek difficulty:

Additionally, the Everest Three Passes trek also demands moderate difficulty, necessitating significant stamina and hiking skills, along with well-prepared equipment including microspikes if needed. The three passes in the Nepal trekking region are consistently blanketed in snow and ice. This itinerary caters to adventurers seeking a challenging and extended journey, comprising 17 days of strenuous hikes up the mountains, traversing the high-altitude Bhanjyang, Renjo la Pass , Cho la Pass , and Kongma-La Pass .

The best options route is clockwise  to do Everest high passes trek that summits Gokyo Ri at 5,420 m ( 17,782 ft), and Kala Patthar at 5,644 m ( 18,519 ft). Chhukung Ri 5,550 meters ( 18,209 ft) or Mhra peak without climbing permits, from these Trekking peaks, you can film – take photographs of beautiful mountains Mt. Everest, Mt. Pumori, Mt. Makalu, Mt. Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and many white peaks, it is a breath-taking mountain view. December and January are remedied alternative paths via Phorche village instead of Cho La because Cho La will be closed if there is heavy snow.

Hidden Peaks Along Everest’s 3 Passes Trek

Enhance, there are many hidden Peaks, surrounding Everest’s three high passes Trek , the Sundar Peak 5,360 m in Thame, Nangkartshang Peak 5,100 M in Lungden, Ngozumpa Tse Peak 5,553 M in Gokyo, Awi Peak 5,245 M in Zhong la, Pokalde peak (Dolma Ri 5,806 m) in Kongma-La ridge, Chukhung Ri 5,546 in Chhukung, and Nagartsang Peak 5,083 M in Dingboche. so if your time permits to ascend all peaks then can add some more extra days.

Why Choose Clockwise Over Counterclockwise Itinerary?

Our previous experience leading the passes trek has shown that “many customers give up after the Everest base camp and Kala Patthar”. Because “they have only set their minds on trekking Everest Base Camp”. There are, of course, beautiful Gokyo Lakes and charming Gokyo Peak to admire.

If we lead clockwise from Renjo Pass , they all make their way to Everest Base Camp via Gokyo Lake, which is also excellent acclimatization for further passes. Via clockwise since Renjo Pass is located at 5380 meters, Chola Pass is located at 5420 meters. Kongma Pass is located at 5540 meters.

Numerically, it doesn’t matter , but when you are on the spot, even climbing 30 meters matters. However, for us, it is no problem to lead you on both sides as you wish. So we listed both itineraries and so we do lead as you wish.

Trekking over the three passes:

The highest 3 passes trek is the most popular trekking destination among those seeking extreme adventure worldwide. Various trekking routes are available for you to choose from. You will be able to make the best choice according to the length of your stay, your desire for adventure, and your level of determination. You will encounter several trekkers and tourists along the way. As a result, the route is relatively safe. There is no doubt that the 3 passes trek is one of a high caliber, offering a truly unique experience. This package offers a 17-day trek with three high passes and 3 peaks, which is not only beautiful but also more adventurous.

Three passes trek distance of km:

Three passes trek vs. Everest base camp, Length is a total distance of 148 kilometers, per day hike is approximately 11.5 Kilometers, though depending on the altitude area. low altitudes can hike more than 11.5 km per day, and above 5,000 altitudes is less km than that.

Guide Essential for Everest 3 Passes Trek

A 3-pass trek is not recommendable without guides and porters for independent solo travelers, the reasons are miserable trails, difficult ascent climbs, icy, slippery Cliffs, high altitude passes, and often changing weather.

Nepal wilderness trekking guide team is an expert in the 3 passes trek route, we lead a small group and solo trekkers every day at season time at a competitive cost, our guide knows all and every corner of the Everest region, because of a local guide who did three high passes trek uncountable, every month at season time, so guides know every stone steps, mountains, peoples, cultures,  area parameter trails

Three Passes Trek with NWT Company:

The tourism industry recognizes Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Expedition as the top-rated company due to the following salient features. Locally Owned and Operated with Competitive Cost. As a local travel operator, we have a lot of experience regarding the Three Passes Trek and its surroundings. We know how to get you to the Three Passes route in the best way possible and how to get you there in the same way.

Our Three Passes Trek’s success rate is great because Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a very trustworthy trekking company in the sense that we are operating all Three Passes Trek based on reality, integrity, and honesty. We are committed to meeting your needs. We highly value all trekkers and are responsive to their needs and preferences. Depending on the interests and plans of our customers, we can customize our Three Passes Trek package to suit their needs.

Value for money. Nepal Wilderness Trekking provides the value of what you buy of our services at least equal to the amount you pay. You will not be charged any middle and hidden fees when you purchase our services. Our one travel consultant or our local expert trekking guide will stay in close contact with our clients every step of the way. Our company ensures customers’ safety at all times so that they will have peace of mind while trekking to Three Passes with us.

Challenging for beginners:

For beginner trekkers; The altitude and rugged terrain of the Three Passes trek can pose several challenges. Altitude sickness is a real concern, as the trek takes you above 5,000 meters, where oxygen levels are significantly lower. Proper acclimatization and a slow ascent are crucial to minimize the risk of altitude-related illnesses. Additionally, the trail itself can be physically demanding, with steep ascents and descents, rocky paths, and potentially harsh weather conditions. Trekkers should be prepared for long days of hiking, often averaging 6 to 8 hours of walking per day. Ultimately, while the Three Passes trek may be tough for beginners. It is also a transformative experience that rewards those who dare to take on the challenge with unforgettable memories and a sense of accomplishment.

Everest high passes Trip Highlights:

  • The three best places for photographers during the Everest High Passes Trek are Gokyo Ri, Kala Patthar, and Chhukung Ri. These vantage points offer breathtaking views of all the high mountains in the area from these three peaks along the route of the three-pass trek.
  • The unsurpassed breathtaking view of Mount Everest, Cho Oyu, and Makalu from Gokyo Ri, Kalapathar, and Chhukung
  • Experience vibrant Sherpa communities’ cultural heritage
  • Stunningly Buddhist religious old monasteries

For the Everest Three Passes trek , you only need two types of permits: the Everest National Park Entry Permit and the Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit. These permits cover the entire region.

Note: All published dates below guarantee departures. If they don’t match your schedule, we’re delighted to organize a trip on your preferred dates. Share your desired trip details, and we’ll turn your dream destination into a reality.

TripAdvisor

Detail Itinerary

  • Day 01: Fly to Lukla Hillary airport early in the morning ( 2860 meters , 35 minutes) and trek to Phakding ( 2640 meters, 3 hours). Overnight at Lodge .  
  • Day 02: Trek to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters. 6/7 hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
  • Day 03: Rest day in the same place for acclimatization. Visit the Sherpa Museum and Everest View Lodge for panoramic views of the Himalayan.
  • Day 04: Trek to Thame ( 3820 m) walking for 5 hours. This village is well known to Everest climbers and is a comfortable place to stay overnight.
  • Day 05: Trek to Lungdeng (4360m)   5-6 hours walking) and stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 06: Gokyo ( 4770 meters. ) via Renjo Pass (5360 meters.) 6-hour walking trek) Stay overnight at Gokyo.
  • Day 07: Gokyo Peak ( 5360 meters ), our highest point (four and a half hours walking), offers sunrise and an expansive view of the mountain range. Return to Gokyo, and stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 08: 5 hours walk to Tangnak 4600M . overnight at the lodge (if you have extra days, you can stay one more night in Gokyo and visit the 5th Lake for even more incredible mountain views).
  • Day 09: Trek to Zhong La ( 4830 M. via Chola Pass ( 5420 meters. Six or seven hours walking) today the path is narrow and tiny ascending to the top of Cho La. Stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 10: We trekked to Lobuche ( 4960 meters ..4 hours walk) and stayed at a lodge.
  • Day 11: Trek to Gorakshep 5190M , visit Everest base camp 5,364 m the same day, and return to Gorakshep, totals hike will be 8/9 hours, overnight at lodge.
  • Day 12: Explore Kalapattar ( 5,550 meters). for the most stunning view of Everest, climb up in the morning before trekking back to Lobuche (5 hours of walking), and spend the night at a lodge.
  • Day 13: Cross Kongma-La ( 5545m ), and stay overnight at Chhukung.
  • Day 14: Trek back to Tengboche 3860m in five hours and spend the night at the lodge.
  • Day 15: Trek back to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters , 6/7 hours walking). Stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 16: Trek back to Lukla (7/8 hours walking) and overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 17: Fly back to Kathmandu around 7:00 AM (35 minutes)

Itinerary Options B:

  • Day 01:  Fly to Lukla Hillary airport early in the morning ( 2860 meters , 35 minutes) and trek to Phakding ( 2640 meters, 3 hours). Overnight at Lodge .  During the evening village tour,
  • Day 02:  Trek to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters 6/7 hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
  • Day 03:  Rest day in the same place for acclimatization. Visit the Sherpa Museum and Everest View Lodge for panoramic views of the Himalayan mountains.
  • Day 04:  Trek to Tengboche 3860m in five hours and spend the night at the lodge.
  • Day 05:  Trek to Dingboche 4,340 m 5-hour hike, overnight at lodge.
  • Day 06:  rest day for acclimatization, hike to Nagarjuna hill 4800 m.
  • Day 07:  Trek to Chhukung 3-hour hike, overnight at Chhukung, 4700m
  • Day 08: trek to Lobuche ( 4940 meters . Via Kongma-La pass (5540m.6.7 hours walk) and stayed at a lodge.
  • Day 09: Trek to Gorakshep 5190M , visit Everest base camp 5,364 m the same day, and return to Gorakshep, totals hike will be 8/9 hours, overnight at lodge.
  • Day 10: Explore Kalapattar ( 5,550 meters ). for the most stunning view of Everest, climb up in the morning before trekking back to Zong la 4830 M (5 hours walking), and spend the night at a lodge.
  • Day 11: 6 hours walk to Thangnak 4600M . via Chola Pass ( 5420 meters, overnight at the lodge
  • Day 12: Trek to Gokyo ( 4770 meters. ) 3-hour walking trek) Stay overnight at Gokyo.
  • Day 13: visit Gokyo Peak ( 5360 meters ), our highest point (four and a half hours walking), which offers sunrise and an expansive view of the mountain range. Return to Gokyo, and stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 14: 5-6 hours walking) to Lungdeng  (4600m) via Renjo Pass (5360 meters and stay overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 14:  Trek to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters 7  hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
  • Day 16:  Trek back to Lukla (7/8 hours walking) and overnight at the lodge.
  • Day 17:  Fly back to Kathmandu around 7:00 AM (35 minutes)

Cost Included

  • Domestic flight tickets from Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu
  • Italian, Chinese, Nepali, Indian, and other European foods are available three times a day (breakfast, lunch, and dinner).
  • Accommodation in tea houses according to the itinerary
  • Kitbag for storing your belongings.
  • Sleeping bag for a comfortable night's sleep on a trek in minus-25 degrees
  • Everest National Park Entrance Trekking Permit
  • Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit
  • Experienced English-speaking trekking guide licensed by the government, familiar with the area.
  • One porter for every two to three participants. (Note: An additional cost applies for solo clients requiring a porter.)
  • Guide, and Porter meals, accommodation, salary, and insurance.
  • Necessary paper works, all government, and local taxes.
  • A certificate of appreciation from Nepal wilderness trekking after a successful trek.

Cost Excluded

  • Airfare for international flights
  • Upon arrival at Tribhuwan International Airport, Nepal entry visa fees vary by duration (15 days - $25-30, 30 days
  • Accommodations and meals in Kathmandu before and after our journey
  • Personal equipment for high and cold temperatures
  • Emergency high-altitude rescue and evacuation are covered by travel insurance
  • All beverages, Soft and coffee table drinks such as coke, beer,
  • Drinking water/mineral water, Dessert, etc. Hot shower, laundry
  • Tip for guide and porter
  • Excluded are all costs and expenses not listed under "cost includes"
  • Inclusion of costs or delays beyond the control of the management, such as landslides, weather conditions, itinerary modifications due to safety concerns, illness, changes in government policies, strikes, etc.

Highly recommend (trekking agency and the femail Sherpa)

I had been planning this trip for a year and was initially concerned about traveling solo. However, Himal arranged for a female Sherpa, Pasang Sherpa, who made me feel comfortable and took excellent care of me. She was incredibly strong and resilient. The hotel booking in Kathmandu, transportation, flight to Lukla, and all trek logistics were well-managed. It was a relief not having to handle any details myself.

Overall, my trek on the Everest 3 passes was fantastic, largely due to the great company and especially the wonderful guide!

I highly recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking. Himel was incredibly responsive, helping me arrange my trip with just a week’s notice. Many other operators I spoke with wanted to steer me toward a less challenging route in February, but Himal and I decided to give the 3 passes a shot, agreeing to adjust plans if needed for safety. When I arrived in Kathmandu, Himal warmly greeted me at his office, provided the necessary gear (like a sleeping bag, jacket and  crampons), and set me up for the journey ahead.

I had an incredible experience with my guide, Naba Raj Rai, whom I would also strongly recommend. His deep knowledge of the region enriched the trek, and he consistently ensured my safety. Naba and I frequently discussed our route, making adjustments as necessary or requested, which significantly enhanced the journey. Moreover, Naba’s assistance with logistics and carrying loads made the trek far more enjoyable. Thank you, Naba!

Wild time with NWT!

My wife and Mirthe I completed the Three Passes Trek with Nepal Wilderness Trekking and had an amazing time. Upon arrival in Kathmandu we visited several trekking agencies and immediately had a good feeling with Himal, the owner of NWT. We choose his company and are very happy we did. Himal professionally took care of all the organization and we left two days later with our guide Abinta and porter Ram. Our guide Abinta was very professional, proactive and social and had excellent English skills and a great sense of humour. It often felt like we were on the trail as a group of friends, while we could rely on Abinta for her help and guidance as well. Ram was a very strong and friendly porter and we could not have completed the trek without him.

Overall, we can recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking for the experience of a lifetime!

Stunning Three Passes Trek

My friend and I booked the trip with Nepal wilderness, modified Three Passes Trek with the Everest Base Camp add-on, and it was truly an incredible experience! Our guide, Yakub, played a crucial role in making this trip so memorable for us. His attentive care and wealth of knowledge made all the difference.

We encountered a travel delay with our flights into Lukla at the start of our journey, but Yakub handled it brilliantly. He remained positive and quickly arranged an alternative, ensuring that our trip proceeded smoothly.

Thanks to his efforts, we were able to fully enjoy our adventure without any hiccups. It was an unforgettable journey!

Base Camp, Cho La Pass, Renjo La Pass, Kongma Pass, Gokyo Ri, and Kala Patthar

It was under the provision of Mr. Himal Ghale’s Nepal Wilderness Trekking Agency that I participated in one of the most beautiful treks in Nepal, the 17 days Everest Base Camp and three Passes.

As a result of being free from work, I returned to Nepal on October 5th. I felt a sense of misgiving as the plane landed at Tribhuvan since I saw rain out the window. The monsoons lasted longer than expected this year, and the rain followed Rajesh Gurung and me for the first few days. Because of the rain, we spent three days in Dingboche waiting for the rain to stop instead of the two days planned for acclimatization. The rest of the days, however, were sunny and crystal-clear, so we didn’t miss anything.

Visitors are often caught in the defilements caused by high altitudes. It happened to me more or less this time as well. As a result of Rajesh’s assistance on the way, I was able to reach the Everest Base Camp and all three passes with three peaks by October 23rd. As a result of Rajesh’s assistance on the way, I was able to reach the Everest Base Camp and all three passes with three peaks by October 23rd.

Kongma La Trek was a bit of an adventure since the sun had already set when we reached the edge of Solukhumbu Glacier, where the Lobuche direction marker was. Therefore, we had to continue crossing the glacier in the dark. Currently, it appears that we have lost our way. Unfortunately, when I had already resigned to the fact that we would spend the night there, listening to the rocky boulders falling into the water, Rajesh detected the way.

The assistance of his knowledge, patience, and thoughtfulness can match the requirements of critical trekking incidents.

The beauty of nature was worth dying for, so I didn’t regret any shortness of breath. The beauty of nature was worth dying for, so I didn’t regret any shortness of breath.  My camera captured some unforgettable moments.

The best of the best are Himal and Riddhi! If you are looking for an agency that can help you plan your Nepal hiking trips, I highly recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking. We did the 3 Passes Trek, and I have to say, that this is by far the hardest trek that I have ever done, however, it is also the most rewarding.

We are really lucky to have Riddhi as our guide, and the two porters taking care of us the whole time we are in the mountains. There is no doubt that Riddhi is considerate, caring, and has a wealth of knowledge about the area in which he lives. As a result, I really appreciate that he constantly makes sure we have a good time by adjusting our pace and itinerary to ensure we are having a good time.

The purpose of this comment is to thank Himal, Riddhi, and the two porters for their hard work in making this 17-day three passes trek so special to me and memorable for me.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a company that is completely trustworthy and seriously committed to its clients. For me, it was a DREAM COME TRUE!! I hiked in the KHUMBU Valley for 16 days to Gokyo, Renjo, and Kongma La, it was an awesome experience, I wanted to go alone to the Everest Region and this trip was incredible, I was with a fantastic guide GUNESH, who took care of everything for me, including logistics, food, and helped make this an incredible experience.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a trek I highly recommend. Himal, the owner of the property, was always responsive both leading up to and during the trip. Furthermore, after my hospitalization, Himal took very good care of me and made sure that I still had a memorable experience while I was in Nepal.

As soon as we arrived in Kathmandu, we met up with him for a pre-day check-in and he made himself available for any further questions our group may have. Furthermore, he gave us the option of storing our luggage at his office if we did not want to store our luggage at the hotel. As well as offering some trekking tips, he also gave us the option of either using the duffel bags from his trekking company or the ones we brought with us. The porters would be responsible for carrying the duffel bags.

I am very grateful to have had a trekking guide and a porter to accompany me on the trip. Our trekking guide took care of all the logistics related to permits, and teahouses, and guided us on the right path all by himself. All of the items that I was not going to use while trekking for that particular day was carried by the porter. The result of this was that I was able to trek with a light daypack (maximum recommended weight of 7kg) while the porter carried the remaining 10kg to 15kg of my luggage. The trekking guide we had was Riddhi and my porter was Sid. Both were caring, thoughtful, and wonderful people.

I had the unfortunate experience of getting Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) on day 3 of my 17-day trek and had to be med-evacuated to the hospital. Since I was unable to be at high altitudes as a result of my medical condition, the Himalayas were no longer an option for me. Instead, Himal and I worked together to design a low-altitude itinerary that would align with all of the parameters of my health requirements. In addition to a personal trekking guide/porter, I visited the cultural and culinary history of Kathmandu, spelunked, and went sightseeing around Pokhara, including a 2-day trek to Poon Hill. I also visited the Buddhist monasteries of Lumbini (birthplace of Buddha) and took a mountain flight through the Himalayas.

Despite the fact that I was unable to complete my 17-day trek through the three passes which included Everest Basecamp, Himal helped me salvage my trip and put me on a custom trip that he and I planned together. Himal was thoughtful, responsive, and did his best to ensure my experience in Nepal was good. He even visited me the first two days I was in the hospital. It was a great pleasure to book my trip through Nepal Wilderness Trekking. I doubt that any other trekking company would have worked as hard as Himal did to help me create such a wonderful 3-week experience in Nepal despite my inability to hike the Himalayas.

I have done the 3 Pass Trek with this company and I have to say it was very challenging, but rewarding and worth it nonetheless. It was one of the hardest ones yet compared to the ones that people usually do (16 days, several nights above 15,000 ft and counterclockwise direction), so it can really push you to the very edge of your abilities. I recommend this trek only to those who are in pretty good hiking shape as even in the best shape, you will still be able to kick your butt out of this trek.

It was a great pleasure to have a guide and porter with us. As a group, we were led by Riddhi who was a great guide – he was warm, welcoming, and took great care of us (there was a lot of adjustment needed to get used to the altitude, cold, and physical requirements required for this trek). We were together for a long time doing this hike and it was wonderful to have someone who knew what they were doing and could take care of the lodging and details for us. In addition, it was really nice to see that the guides also got excited about the mountains as well. He was just as excited as we were to see the views from the passes and Mt Everest from up there.

We also had our porters carry our extra luggage, and they did a great job. In hindsight, it is hard to imagine having to carry everything you would need for this trip all by yourself. Our guide manager, Himal, prior to our trip was very communicative and responsive. We asked him all the questions we had, and he was very helpful when one of our friends needed help during the trip. I would highly recommend him as someone to know when going on a trip like this. As a whole, I found the value and price for this tour to be very good, and I would recommend this company to others.

During our trek to the Everest area, we did an amazing and epic 17-day trek covering three passes. Our guide Riddhi did an outstanding job of setting up a challenging yet spectacular itinerary through some of the tallest mountains in the world with our owner Himal, who was extremely communicative and helpful throughout the trip. On this trek, we had a guide and porters – this made things a lot less stressful, and the passes were all quite challenging (the few people we saw out there carrying all their stuff were suffering).

Also, they were there for us when things went wrong and one of our group members came down with altitude sickness due to an underlying heart condition that they were not aware of. Himal and Riddhi got them the medical care they needed on the mountain, arranged for the helicopter evacuation and subsequent care, and arranged an alternative adventure at a lower altitude after they had recovered. Throughout the whole process, we felt very well taken care of and supported.

Kevin James

Very great place to plan a trek. Walking into Himal’s office you can tell he is a great and experienced trekker himself. If I recall correctly, he has been running the agency since 1990. I asked him for a very strong guide because I wanted to do the Everest Three Pass Trek in 7 days and he gave me a great guide, Parkhidhan Tamang. At first, I was unsure that I needed a guide, but Parkhi helped me so much, that I don’t think I could have done it without him. He guided me through tricky and technical sections of the route – he had friends at all of the best local teahouses and facilitated my stay at each one. Sometimes when we were running late he would call ahead to reserve our spot. He had the strength to both complete my ambitious trek and also support me at the same time.

Ron & Lara

The 3 passes trek was amazing. Himal is a friendly owner who responds quickly to questions.  

Mingmar, our guide, was excellent. We are grateful for everything he did for us. He is very familiar with the route and knows everybody and every town up in the mountains. He is fun to be around. He made us feel safe and we highly recommend him to anyone who goes trekking.  

Our porter Fulonn was also great. Incredible to see how easily he is walking through the mountains. We considered doing the trek without a porter, however, you’ll provide the opportunity for someone to work and get some extra income. And then we would recommend Fulton.

Arrived alone, left with friends – best agency!

Wilderness Trekking is an excellent agency for trekking and climbing tours in Nepal. Himal’s professionalism has greatly impressed me. Throughout the trip, he never tired of answering my thousand questions – and this almost instantly! Because he has done many kinds of treks himself, as a pleasure or even as a guide, he knows what he is talking about. He remains attentive to any requests or sudden weather changes. Parkhi Dhan, my guide, was absolutely great, trustworthy, and knowledgeable. Parkhi Dhan was one of the most sociable guides I met along the way.  

Due to heavy snowfall, I was unable to cross the three high passes, so I trekked each valley separately to the end, then into the next one and back again. The most beautiful panorama and view on Mount Everest can definitely be seen from Gokyo and Gokyo Ri if you have limited time and are not sure which valley to go to. The Khumbu Valley is also beautiful, especially with snow.  

Despite going to Kathmandu knowing nothing or anyone, I have left with two new friends – THANK YOU HIMAL and PARKHI DHAN!!!

Three-passes-tour breathtaking

I just finished a trip with my husband, Three passes trek (Ama Dablam BC, Island Peak BC, EBC, Chukhung Ri, Kala Patthar, Gokyo Ri, Bhote Koshi Valley) over 24 days. We met our wonderful porter/guide Makaraj Tamang thanks to Himal Ghale who responded to all our e-mails promptly and competently.

In all situations, Makar was willing to help (finding the most suitable lodges at the best price, giving information on the landscape, culture, and food). It was a joy to start every new day seeing him smile and have fun with me. Throughout our stay, he was very attentive and considerate so that we always felt safe. Trekking in the Everest region is possible with Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Guiding Makar Tamang.

Agnieszka K

Everest Three Passes Trek from Bupsa

In April of this year, my husband and I hired a guide from the agency, Mr. Makaraj Tamang. We had a great time. Mr. Himal, the owner of the agency, answered all of our online questions quickly and efficiently. He was also very helpful on-site. In addition, he respected our “independent trekkers” attitude. It was highly appreciated that he did not try to upsell us services we did not need, so thank you Himal, and 5 stars for not being pushy.

Mr. Makaraj was very knowledgeable and talkative. We learned a lot about Nepal’s culture. During the snowstorm, he walked us through glaciers like it was a stroll in the park on Sunday. He made us feel safe. Thanks for making our trip enjoyable.

I had a great time on the trek. It was likely caused by a pandemic, but to be alone at all the peaks was amazing. This trek is well worth trying even during crowded times since it is so breathtaking. Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Makaraj as a guide are highly recommended.

Trevillien

Three Passes Trekking

Our trip with Prakash over Cho La and Renjo La was beautiful! We were delighted with the service and support that Prakash delivered. He has a bright future and is suited to his role as guide. Even though we only needed his services as a porter, we would recommend him to anyone as a guide due to his professional attitude and excellent English.

I will be pleased to provide a testimonial shortly and look forward to using your services again in the future.

Until then, may you have good health and good fortune

Kind regards, Jude Trevillien

Dean Laynni

Dean & Laynni

Three pass trek.

Hi, Himal. Just wanted to let you know that we had a fantastic trek up to EBC. We had fantastic weather all the way up. The clouds started only on our way down from Kala Pattar and stayed most of the way down, but the mornings were still lovely.

We wanted to thank you for your help in organizing our porter/guide and porter. They were great guys and worked very hard to make sure our trip went well. Prakash was always very eager to help us in any way possible. He was still watching the other guides and improving his guiding skills as the trip went on and his English was better than we expected for a porter/guide.

We were also surprised by how much English Milan knew, and he often helped us communicate. Thanks again, hope the rest of the season goes well Dean & Laynni

Lex and Kerry

Lex and Kerry

Three pass trekking.

We used the Nepal Wilderness Trekking company for a 19 day “3 Pass Trek” in the Everest region, in October 2012. Himal Ghale, the owner, was highly knowledgeable about the Everest Region having worked there as a Guide in the past.

Himal organized a tailor-made itinerary for us, based on our interests, abilities and time commitments.

That is included the “3 Passes” route, Everest Base Camp and Kala Pattar, and the addition of a summit of Island Peak. Himal was very responsive in answering our initial questions (remotely), meet with us in Kathmandu, and dealt with some challenges that arose from unforeseen weather conditions.

We were also delighted with our assigned Porter/Guide – named “BB.” BB provided first class support to us throughout the trek and lived up to his reputation as a reliable and highly experienced Porter/Guide. Amazingly, BB had competed over the past eight years in the Tensing/ Hillary Everest Marathon!! He knew the region exceptionally well, including the many route variations and options we could take for different terrain/altitude, and chose excellent guest houses for us to stay at BB was well known, respected and welcomed by guest house proprietors along the way. He was also a very kind and caring gentleman – we will always remember BB with great fondness, respect, and gratitude for a wonderful trekking experience.

We wish Himal well over the future years and would recommend the Nepal Wilderness Trekking company to other trekkers for the Everest region.

3-pass-Trekking

3 pass trekking reviews

Just finished the 3 Passes Trek (Renjo, Cho La and Kongma La pass), EBC and Kala Patthar, and finally, Island Peak summit with Nepal Wilderness Trekking Had a great trip. Himal and our guide Purna worked everything out perfectly. This team comes highly recommended from me.

Fred and Evan

Fred and Evan

3 pass trekking.

We enjoyed our three pass trek. Challenging but rewarding. Magnificent views, Purna + Bir did a very good Job-they were very flexible when we wanted to alter our plans, and we always helpful + supporting their attitude + personality helped us a lot on some of the long climbs, and through the cold +wind. It was a very memorable trip – thanks to Himal + everyone else who helped us along the way!

3 passes trek clockwise

Frequently Asked Questions

How difficult is everest high passes trek, what is the maximum height of this trek, is it possible to do private trek, when is the best time to do the trek, what is the temperature in october and april, what is the accommodation type, are there atms available along the trail, how to prevent altitude sickness during the trek, why are acclimatization hikes necessary, what kind of clothes, gear and equipment do i need for the 3 passes trek, is drinking water available during the trek is it safe, what is acute mountain sickness (ams) and how likely am i to experience it, altitude chart, similar packages, nangpa la pass trek, short trek to everest, luxury everest base camp trek with helicopter return, chola pass trek, numbur cheese circuit trek, classical jiri to everest trek, we are recommended on.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking

Nepal Wilderness Trekking Pvt. Ltd.

Travel With Kids

Nepal Traveller's Information

  • Nepal Information
  • Nepal Visa Information
  • Entry Procedure to nepal
  • Altitude Mountain Sickness

Halfway Anywhere

Nepal Three Passes Trek

Guide to Nepal’s Three Passes Trek

3 passes trek clockwise

The Three Passes Trek in Nepal is in the Everest Region (Sagarmatha National Park) and takes trekkers across three high passes, Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m) – hence, the Three Passes Trek. It’s a lollipop loop that can be done starting at Lukla (that scary mountain airport that you fly into) or further down the mountains at Jiri, Shivalaya, Salleri, or Phaplu (I recommend starting at Jiri if you have the time – it will also save you on having to buy plane tickets to/from Lukla).

If you’re only going to Nepal once in your life – as you should – and you’re intent on hiking (not doing a meditation retreat or growing dreads and hanging out in Pokhara), then you need to do the Three Passes Trek. And ideally, you need to hike in from Jiri. Fuck Everest Base Camp, fuck the Annapurna Circuit, fuck the Manaslu Circuit , and fuck Poon Hill. Three Passes Trek from Jiri. This is what you need to do. And if Everest Base Camp is really important to you, it can easily be done as a detour from the Three Passes Trek (normally this will add one day – if you’re slow, maybe two; if you’re fast, maybe none).

Are you required to have a guide for the Three Passes Trek? No. Do you need a guide for the Three Passes Trek? Not really (do not buy into all the fear-mongering in Kathmandu – these are just people trying to get you to hand over your rupees). Is hiking the Three Passes Trek expensive? No. Do you need to bring a tent, sleeping pad, or winter sleeping bag? No. Is it expensive to fly to Nepal? Usually, yes, but once you arrive, everything is cheap!

Three Passes Trek Facts

  • (Unofficial) Capital: Namche Bazaar
  • Language: Nepali
  • Currency: Nepalese Rupee, NPR
  • Time Zone: NPT (UTC+05:45)
  • Calling Code: +977
  • Drinking Age: 18
  • Drinking In Public: Yes
  • Drinking Tap Water: No
  • Flushing Toilet Paper: No
  • Vaccinations Required: CDC
  • Credit Cards: Carry cash
  • Tipping: Not expected
  • Emergency Number: 100
  • Outlets: Type C / D / M (230 V / 50 Hz)
  • Visa Requirements: External Link!

Nepal-Three-Passes-Trek-Day-11-3

Three Passes Trek Basics

On the Three Passes Trek, almost everyone you meet will have some English language abilities (talk to the kids – they’re very interested in you), so don’t fret if your Nepalese or Hindi is rusty. The two words that you’ll need are namaste (hello) and dhanyabad (thank you). The Sherpa language, called Sherpa, is also spoken by some people. Sherpa is unwritten, which accounts for the various spellings of many of the villages (e.g. Dzonglha/Dzongla/Zonglha), so don’t worry if you’re confused by different spellings on your map versus the menu in your tea house versus your guidebook (which is probably too heavy to be carrying in the first place).  

The route to the Three Passes Trek heads north into the mountains until Namche Bazaar. From here, hikers can choose to hike either clockwise or counterclockwise. Counterclockwise is the more common route and the one I recommend (particularly if it’s your first time at altitude). The Three Passes trek takes trekkers through four valleys in addition to the three passes, Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Kongma La is generally considered the most difficult (longest), Cho La requires you to cross a glacier (microspikes are helpful here), and Renjo La is commonly thought to be the easiest. Granted, this can all change depending on weather and conditions. For more on the Three Passes Trek route, check this post .  

The tea houses (i.e. lodges) scattered throughout the villages along the Three Passes Trek are where you will (probably) stay each night (if you wanted to camp, you could, but it’s totally unnecessary and absolutely not required). During peak season, these can (apparently) get crowded. However, if you’re awesome and you go in the winter (more on this below), you shouldn’t have any trouble finding space in a lodge (as practically half of all the buildings in any given town are lodges). The tea houses usually cost between 100 and 400 rupees per night (~$1-$4) and have hot meals and beverages for purchase.  

As much as you may imagine “trekking through the Himalayas” to be an exercise in solitude, this idea errs wildly on the side of “nope, sorry.” On the the Three Passes Trek, you will be constantly met with other trekkers, locals, pack animals, and, most exciting of all, villages. Depending on your route, you may pass through as many as five or six villages in a single day. They all (at least on the Three Passes Trek) have food, accommodation, and friendly mountain-dwellers to aid you on your way up into the mountains. If you go up alone and decide you need a guide, hiring someone from one of the villages to go with you on your trek will also be possible.  

The most popular season for the Three Passes Trek is the same as Everest Base Camp, the fall (September to November). The second most popular season is spring (March to May), also the peak season for Everest climbers. The summer months are monsoon season in Nepal, so unless you are a huge fan of trekking through the rain with limited views, it’s probably best to avoid this time (unless you are willing to trade views for solitude – but maybe you’ll get lucky with the weather). Winter generally has limited crowds and great weather, but it is cold (I like the winter – more on this below).

Nepal-Three-Passes-Cho-La-Dzongla

Three Passes Trek Route

The Three Passes Trek trail is very well-defined. The scale of the mountains makes navigation much different than what you would find in a heavily forested area. Most of the time, you walk up, down, or across a valley and have few options for where to go. It’s not like you will suddenly make a wrong turn left and accidentally go over a 23,000 ft / 7,000 m. You can get a paper map in Kathmandu for the region, which should help you with the big junctions (if you somehow find yourself alone and with no locals to ask for directions). For more on the Three Passes Trek route, check this post .

As stated above, the passes are Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Again, Kongma La is generally considered the most difficult (longest), Cho La requires you to cross a glacier (microspikes are helpful here), and Renjo La is commonly thought to be the easiest. Granted, this can all change depending on weather and conditions. It’s wise to get an early start on the days you plan to cross each pass to give yourself adequate time and avoid the afternoon weather (typically worse than what you wake up to).

Everest Base Camp

This is completely doable if you want to detour to Everest Base Camp and/or Kala Patthar. The first village west of Kongma La (the second village east of Cho La), you can make it to Everest Base Camp and back in a day (via Gorak Shep). If you also want to hike Kala Patthar, you could either do one huge day back to Lobuche or stay the night in Gorak Shep and do Kala Patthar the afternoon before your stay or the morning after. For more on Everest Base Camp, check this page .

Hiking from Jiri

Taking a bus or jeep to Jiri (or Shivalaya, one village ahead) and then hiking to Lukla (instead of flying to Lukla) is a challenging and rewarding section of the region that is not as heavily trafficked as the trail above Lukla (where most trekkers start). If you’re short on time, instead of starting from Jiri, you can save yourself a day or two and take a bus or jeep to Salleri or Phaplu, which puts you about two days close to Lukla from Jiri. 

Turning Around

Every time I have been up in the Everest Region, there has been much fear-mongering about the passes. “The passes are closed, there is too much snow” or “The passes are closed because ‘I don’t know why I just heard somebody say that.'” Listen, friend, if you’re in Nepal to hike the Three Passes, go and hike the Three Passes. Go and see for yourself. Start early in the morning, and if the trail, pass, or the weather turns out to be too much, turn around. In absolute terms, the passes really aren’t that far from the nearest villages. Don’t be afraid to go and check out the conditions for yourself, but don’t be afraid to turn around if things look above your experience level.

Nepal-Three-Passes-Trek-Day-13-7

Three Passes Trek Food

Food on the way to Three Passes Trek is far more plentiful than you may imagine. Many lodges have many options, and you could easily eat something different every night (or be like me and stick to Dal Bhat, pizza, and momos). Check out this post for more on food on the Three Passes Trek.

Dal bhat is perhaps the most plentiful dish on the road to the Three Passes Trek and is certainly one that you should be eating to fuel your marathon mountain march. This traditional meal consists of rice, lentil soup (dal), and vegetables (and/or some meat if you’ve opted to eat animals on this trek). In addition to typically being one of the cheaper options on the menu, dal bhat also means refills. You get complimentary refills on your rice, lentil soup, and vegetables. It’s easy to see why this is what the guides and porters usually eat. Remember, “Dal Bhat power, twenty-four hours.”

There’s not a huge debate surrounding the quality of meat on the way up to Base Camp (that I’m aware of), but it’s something trekkers should consider. As much as I love eating roasted animals, I do not eat meat in the Himalayas. Do I have a scientific reason for this decision? No. It’s simply because I don’t know how many days in the sun each meaty meal spent on the back of a porter (and because the meat is generally more expensive). Also, since eating beef isn’t really a thing in Nepal, and since cows are my favorite animals (to eat), it’s not worth the risk.

As with meat, alcohol is something I avoid whilst hiking (upward) in the Himalayas. This is a personal decision, but drinking alcohol (especially in excess) can hinder your acclimatization efforts – and altitude sickness is not something to be taken lightly. A night of partying in Namche is not worth turning your Three Passes Trek adventure into an expensive (but probably awesome) helicopter ride back to Kathmandu.

So now that you’ve sworn off the bottle, it’s time to get serious about hydration. Water should be something you’re constantly ingesting on the Three Passes Trek. Chances are that your body will be in nonstop and desperate need of water to fend off the effects of altitude sickness, dehydration, and the possible fallout from your third helping of dal bhat last night. I bring a SteriPEN with me on my hikes in Nepal and purify water that I get from the tea house’s tap (you usually have to ask for this). Buying plastic water bottles contributes to the garbage problem in the mountains (and we all know plastic bottles are evil).

Everest Base Camp Trek Franklin Mountains

Three Passes Trek Tips & Tricks

Yes, “Winter in the Himalayas” may sound scary, but the truth is that it’s probably the best time to visit (this is based on my having been there twice in winter and once in spring). You may expect the Himalayas’ winter months to bring a ton of snow, but this is not the case. Most days, you can expect clear skies with very little precipitation. Just make sure to bring an extra base layer because it’s cold.  

Yes, with the civilization in the Himalayas, you will also find wi-fi. Generally speaking, once you get above Namche Bazaar, getting free wi-fi will be difficult (if not impossible). Generally, you must buy cards from the lodges with passcodes to access the “EVEREST LINK” wi-fi network. These cards are sold in different denominations, the most expensive being 1,000 NPR (~$10 US) for 24 hours of use. These cards may not always be available, and lodges may not always sell them at face value. Also, many lodges turn off the electricity after a certain time (which means no more wi-fi), so be sure to ask beforehand. You will probably get a cell signal in many places if you have a SIM from Kathmandu (Ncell is what you want).

Lukla Flight

I highly recommend taking a bus to Jiri and beginning your hike from there, but if your time is limited, then a flight to Lukla may be your only option. The flight to Lukla is commonly referred to being “the most dangerous flight in the world”. This is largely because of its being placed on under-researched lists of random internet blogs (there have been three fatal accidents involving airplanes at the airport – the most recent of which was in 2010). Yes, the flight to Lukla is an adventure, but it’s certainly not a death sentence. The flight will cost around $150 each way – more on the flight here.

Yes, there are ATMs in the Everest Region. As of writing this, there’s one in Lukla and two in Namche Bazaar. None are guaranteed to work, so I would bring cash from Kathmandu to avoid headaches. Ninety-five percent of places do not accept cards. If the ATMs aren’t working, places in Lukla and Namche offer cash advances with a credit card. Some places in Namche Bazaar accept cards, but few places above Namche will take anything besides cash. Ensure you have enough money for the way up (and back down).

For more on the Three Passes Trek, visit my Three Passes Trek page .

Similar Posts

Trail Blazing To Kathmandu

Trail Blazing To Kathmandu

3 passes trek clockwise

I am finally underway and on a path that will hopefully lead me to Everest Base Camp. However, my second of two trains to Kansai…

Three Passes Trek Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Loop

Three Passes Trek Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Loop

My alarm isn’t set to go off for another forty-five minutes, but my body appears to met its sleep quota for the night (something I…

The Annapurna Circuit in 54 Photos

The Annapurna Circuit in 54 Photos

The Annapurna Circuit is one of Nepal’s best-known and most-traveled treks. That said, it can be difficult to know what to expect on the circuit…

Off To Nepal (And Certain Death)

Off To Nepal (And Certain Death)

I have already presented “The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Plan” and my exhaustive “Everest Base Camp Gear List”, so now if (when) something goes wrong…

Photo Gallery: Kathmandu, Nepal

Photo Gallery: Kathmandu, Nepal

Most people find themselves in Nepal with the goal of trekking in the legendary Himalaya, but there’s a lot to see at the lower elevations…

Nepal’s Three Passes Trek: Cho La

Nepal’s Three Passes Trek: Cho La

Cho La is the second pass of Nepal’s Three Passes Trek (regardless of which direction you are heading) and is probably the most frequently crossed…

44 Comments

Hello, starting Three Pass trail on May 25 from Salleri. Reading that I might need Ice Axes for some passes, is it true? Very experience hiker but I don’t do climbing.

It’s possible that conditions could warrant using ice axes and protection. This has never been the case when I’ve been there, but that doesn’t mean it’s impossible.

What a fantastic article on the Everest Three Passes trekking in the Everest region! It provides extensive information about the breathtaking natural landscapes, towering mountains, and vibrant Sherpa cultures.

Glad you enjoyed it!

Thank you very much for the great post

Thank you for reading!

Thanks for sharing such an amazing post, The Everest Region is the hub for adventure, and adventure people complete their passion for adventure in this province. Your blog helps people plan their trip at the right time and the pictures are awesome.

This is very informative. Thank you for taking time in sharing your experience. I have just decided to do it in March 2024 as a solo backpacker, without a guide or porter. In case anyone here is going in the same month I’m more than happy to buddy up instagram handle: ikaterox

Thanks for the great blog. I will be retuning to Everest region in March 20224 and am trying to figure out of I can take on the 3 passes as a solo trekker (no guide, no porter) as a reasonably fit 56 yo woman. The other option is to repeat the amazing trek I did when I was 29 yo from Jiri to Gokyo Ri. Ideally Id like to do something differeint thoigh and dealing witht he throngs of trekkers heading to EBC is not really my thing. I’m wondering aboit path finding – how clearly marked are the passes? Im aware that I can most likely buddy up on the passes or even hire a guide for them but would love your thoughts. THANK YOU!

The trails over the passes aren’t well-marked (although they’ve added more markers since I first did this hike as I saw when I went up Kongma La once more a few years later). The passes themselves are fairly well marked as they’ve been covered in prayer flags.

Thank you Mac! Thinking for me either take a guide or choose an easier better marked trail.

Hi! What an amazing and encouraging trip report! I have done a similar trek in Peru called the Ausangate circuit that went over 4 high altitude passes, but it only took me about 6 days. I have a question about meat eating, however. Did you find plain meats available in the villages at all? I eat a keto low carb diet due to autoimmune issues. I’m fat adapted, so I fuel off of animal fats + meats. I’m planning on bringing pemiccan bars and jerky. I’ve heard I might be able to find yak butter available. Do you know if I can find any dried meats to carry, even in Katmandu?

I avoided meat in the mountains although it was generally available. I am not sure about the availability of dehydrated meals in Kathmandu as I didn’t eat any of these myself. Honestly, if you have a restricted diet I would suggest bringing as much as you’re comfortable with from home.

Thanks so much. Ya, it’s pretty complicated for me because I can’t handle any nuts, grains and seeds in my diet. I’m really hoping I can find dried meats at the very least in Katmandu. I’m a full time nomad so carrying foods from “home” won’t really be possible for a longer trek in Nepal. Anyway, thanks again for this amazing report!

@crystal , Hi im a sherpa living and studying in new york to be a nurse. In our culture we have a dehydrated meat called “sukuti” . In the past sherpas didn’t have a way to keep meat edible and not rot. We didn’t have fridges back then and still we don’t really have them. Sukuti is a goat/lamb dried meat , thats really chewy and tasty in my opinion. you can do a google search on it. Most tea houses and homes in this area will have sukuti , but its usually reserved for their family . Not really sold . BUT I am sure if you ask kindly , they might sell it to you and I think some places sell it to tourists anyway.

Wonderful information! I’m here now getting ready for my first trek. I’ll look for some sukuti in Katmandu!

Hi there, my brothers and I will do the Three passes, starting late March this year. Do we need crampons during this trek because we have to cross a glacier? If so, how big is the distance we have to cover through this glacier? I’m in doubt if my hiking boots (Hanwag tatra II) are suitable in case we need crampons.

Thanks in advance!

I used microspikes to cross the glacier on the east side of Cho La. If in doubt, it’s best to bring some traction with you – worst case you don’t use it.

Thanks for the advise.

I’m going to hike the three passes loop starting from Jiri. I’m traveling solo and would love to meet others to hike with. I’m planning on starting early March 2023. Anyone interested in joining me? I’m female and would prefer to travel with women or a combo.

Hi — I am considering this trip and leaving in the next few days. Have you already arrived / have a group together?

I am leaving for Nepal on 3/20 so will start hiking from Jiri probably on 3/24. No group, going to start solo and hopefully meet up with friendly trekkers. What is your plan???

A complete guide for Everest 3 High Pass Trek. Thanks for sharing your experiences here. Keep on sharing and inspire other people to trek in the Himalayas.

It’s a beautiful place to trek!

Hi there, I am looking at tackling the Three passes trek solo this upcoming late Feb, early march. I have scoured the web and haven’t been able to find any beta on potential snow conditions. Any idea what I may encounter? I am okay with some post holing but I am just curious about avalanche hazards and snowbound conditions. Any insight would be greatly appreciated thanks 🙂

I’ve been up there in March and there was little snow. The mountains get most of their precipitation in the summer months while winter is typically the dryest When I was there I went up Kongma La and there was a bit of snow (it had snowed three days before I hiked), but it was completely manageable.

Thanks for your speedy reply! I really appreciate it. That is good to hear. Any other high pass trekking you would recommend as well?

Hey Mac, Thanks for all the information and great website. There is one thing that is not clear to me about this route. Do I take a satellite/gps device or not? Does gps navigation on phone (with downloaded offline maps in Komoot) will suffice? I have always navigated this way but since the Himalaya are new to me… Is it necessary to have satellite reception on the pass in case of emergency? Hope to hear from you! Best Funs

GPS navigation on a phone will function so long as you’re familiar with it; phone apps will work the same in the Himalayas as they do elsewhere so long as you have the maps downloaded for offline use. When you ask “satellite reception on the pass in case of emergency” are you talking about calling for help? If you need to call for help with a phone you will need (and not have) reception. It’s best to bring a PLB for times like this.

Nowadays we can see many people blogging without information but this article is really informative which is important for travelers.

That’s the goal!

I’m doing the three high passes in October this year! You definitely have the most detailed blog I’ve found. I’m just curious what you do with your toilet paper if you can’t flush it? Do you carry a garbage bag full of toilet paper around? Thank you!

Throw it away or pack it out (bring extra Ziplocs).

I still remember when we met at Tengboche while you were doing this trek. We had some beautiful conservation went on and you were so adventurous. I follow you on Facebook as well love to see your post on there too. And Keep posting such a piece of great information to everyone who wishes the adventure in Nepal.

I remember when we met, too – I can’t wait to make it back to Nepal!

As a trekking guide, i have done this Everest three-pass trek couple of times every time i go there i feel more energetic and fantastic. Reading this article now while staying in the home because of the coronavirus and no trekkers in Nepal for the trek recall all my walking experience in those places.

It’s an awesome post, and really useful to get the information of an Everest Three Passes Trek. Thank you so much for publishing such a nice article.

Thanks for the feedback!

Amazing Trip.

Highly recommended!

It is a great guide Mac. We have a similar 3-passes trek in Indian Himalayas.

I have yet to get there – what’s it called?

Auden’s Col – Mayali Pass – Patangini Dhar trek

I would love to know too. Waiting for reply. Thanks!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

TripTins

Three Passes Trek Complete Overview | Kongma La, Cho La, Renjo La

By: Author Charles

Posted on February 3, 2023

Three Passes Trek Complete Overview | Kongma La, Cho La, Renjo La

The Three Passes Trek of the Himalayas has to be one of the ultimate multi day hikes in the world. For nearly three weeks you will get to experience stunning landscapes, summit several high-altitude peaks, head over the majestic Three Passes, and even get to visit Mount Everest Base Camp.

There is just so much variety during the Three Passes Trek and once you finish your time in the Himalayas, you will be left with some truly one of a kind memories.

For any outdoor enthusiast who wants a little bit of everything and is willing to work for those views and experiences, then the Three Passes is for you.

The purpose of this guide will be to give you an absolute and complete detailed overview of what the trek entails. Everything from a day by day itinerary, costs & logistics, and helpful maps & trekking details, this guide will have it all.

As I am sure you may have some questions along the way, feel free to write them in at the end of this guide. Hope you enjoy the read!

*  Affiliate Disclosure : This post may contain affiliate links, which means I may receive a commission if you make a purchase through the links provided, at no additional cost to you. Thanks for supporting the work I put into TripTins!

1) Trek Overview & Background

While most people who visit this region of the Himalayas just head on the classic 11-day Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek , there is also an option to extend the journey into a more holistic view of the region.

That is where the Three Passes Trek comes into play. You not only get to visit Everest Base Camp, but you also get to head over three stunning mountain passes (Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La), head to the Gokyo region, and take part of additional trekking peaks not on the classic EBC route.

This trek is not meant for everyone out there as it is a quite demanding journey to take part of. But if you have the time, the fitness, and the mindset, then I highly recommend you consider the Three Passes trek for your trip.

Below is a high-level breakdown of some of the main metrics of the trek. In the next couple of sections I will break this down into a day by day detail.

Trek Name : Three Passes Trek

What Are the Three Passes : Kongma La, Cho La, Renjo La

Location : Sagarmatha National Park | The Himalayas

# of Days : ~18 days

How Many Miles is the 3 Passes Trek : 112 miles / 181 km (including day hikes)

Elevation Gain of the 3 Passes Trek : 35,771 feet / 10,900 meters (including day hikes)

Duration : 4 – 10 hours per day (depending on fitness level)

You can see I mentioned “including day hikes”. That is because there are several “add on” acclimatization hikes / day hikes that can (and should) be added to your itinerary. You will see those listed out in the next section below as I dive into the day by day itinerary.

2) Three Passes Trek Itinerary

Below is the day by day Three Passes Trek itinerary that takes you from village to village around the region & on those additional day hikes. Note that there is not one size fits all itinerary.

The trip can be broken down in many different ways but I believe this is a fantastic option to start with.

Day 1 : Fly to Lukla & Lukla – Phakding

Day 2 : Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Day 3 : Acclimatization Hike to Hotel Everest View

Day 4 : Namche Bazaar – Tengboche*

Day 5 : Tengboche – Dingboche*

Day 6 : Acclimatization Hike to Nangkartshang peak

Day 7 : Dingboche – Chukhung**

Day 8 : Acclimatization Hike to Chukhung Ri

Day 9 : Chukhung – Kongma La Pass – Lobuche

Day 10 : Lobuche – Gorak Shep & Trek to Everest Base Camp

Day 11 : Kala Patthar & Gorak Shep – Dzongla

Day 12 : Dzongla – Cho La Pass – Gokyo

Day 13 : Hike up Gokyo Ri

Day 14 : Hike to the 4 th & 5 th Gokyo Lakes

Day 15 : Gokyo – Renjo La Pass – Lungde

Day 16 : Lungde – Namche Bazaar

Day 17 : Namche Bazaar – Lukla

Day 18 : Depart Lukla

* There is also the option to add a visit to Ama Dablam Base Camp to your trek as well . This would not add any additional days to the trek. On Day 4 you can trek from Namche to Pangboche (Pangboche is right between Tengnoche & Dingboche), and then on Day 5 you can visit Ama Dablam BC in the morning before heading to Dingboche in the afternoon.

» Read more about that experience in the Ama Dablam Base Camp trekking guide

**After arriving in the village of Chukhung, you could also opt for an afternoon day hike to Island Peak Base Camp.

Later on in the guide I will give a bit more overview of each day and include links to each day’s hiking guide if you would like even more detail.

3) Three Passes Trek Map

Now that you have an idea of what the day by day itinerary will look like, let me show you what that looks like on a map. I have included the Three Passes trek on a Google Maps view so you can zoom in and out of the map and explore each day’s route.

» The blue routes are the trekking routes from village to village along the trek. You can see each village pinpointed with a blue pin as well.

» In red, yellow and purple you can see the routes for the days that the trek crosses over each of the three passes (Kongma La – red; Cho La – yellow; Renjo La – purple).

» You can also see pinpointed in black are several hiking markers. These represent all of those acclimatization and side hikes you can add onto your overall trekking journey.

Note: some of the routes I had to hand draw in there since the map wasn’t picking up the walking routes. Please consider what you see below to be estimates of the exact trail location. I would recommend an app like Maps.me for a GPS guided route on the trail.

4) Clockwise vs Counter Clockwise

While we are on the subject of the itinerary and map, let’s talk about which direction the route should be completed in. As you can tell by now, I went about it in the counter clockwise direction (starting with Kongma La and ending with Renjo La).

However, there is also the option to complete the trek in the clockwise direction – starting with Renjo La and ending with Kongma La.

During my time on the trail, I would estimate that around 75% of people on the Three Passes were doing so in the counter clockwise direction. Looking back at my trek, I see pros and cons for both directions.

Counter Clockwise Pros / Clockwise Cons

» There is one main reason why most prefer to do the trek counter clockwise, and that is due to the overall acclimatization of the hike.

If you go clockwise, on day 6 you will already need to climb up to 5,360 meters / 17,585 feet on the Renjo La Pass and then sleep at 4,750 meters / 15,584 feet in Gokyo.

This is compared to getting Dingboche on day 5 at 4,410 meters / 14,469 feet, spending a couple nights there with an acclimatization hike to 5,083 meters / 16,676 feet on Nangkartshang Peak.

Overall, it is just a better acclimatization schedule going counter clockwise vs. clockwise.

» Another reason why going counter clockwise is said to be better is due to the Kongma La Pass. If going uphill over the Kongma La Pass in the clockwise direction (Lobuche to Chukhung), it will probably be the hardest single push of trekking on the entire trek . It is a very long and tedious section of trail, and I can see why more people would rather go down it than up it.

» And lastly, a third reason why counter is preferred is because the views between Namche Bazaar and Chukhung are much better in the counter direction than the clockwise . Going counter clockwise, you will have the Everest mountain range and Ama Dablam out in front of you – something you would miss if going clockwise.

Clockwise Pros / Counter Clockwise Cons

In my opinion the biggest reason to hike clockwise is that the best views will always be out in front of you on the passes themselves .

As you head clockwise over Renjo La, Mount Everest and Gokyo will be awaiting, over Cho La the glacier will be right in view, and over Kongma La you will be walking towards the turquoise lakes.

While you will still have all of these views to enjoy in the counter clockwise direction, you will need to turn around to see them. Since you will probably have several breaks along the way, this may not be too big of an issue. You will also be able to sit back and enjoy the views from a top the passes too.

But if you want the best views out in front of you as you descend the passes, then clockwise is the better option.

5) Elevation Gain Profile & Distance Breakdown by Day

I believe the chart below is one of the most helpful pieces of information you should study for your trip. It is a complete breakdown of the daily distance, elevation gain, and trekking times for each day of the journey.

This will give you a much more accurate representation of what to expect out on the trek compared to more high-level numbers you may come across.

I put together a similar chart for the Everest Base Camp trek distance & elevation gain if you are interested in checking that out as well.

Three Passes Elevation Gain & Distance

6) Three Passes Trek Cost Breakdown

There are a few different ways to go about the Three Passes Trek and depending on your choice, that can have a significant impact on the cost of your trip. The main options here include:

1) Fully Independent

This option really speaks for itself. You take care of all logistics, carry all your own gear, and head out into the Himalayas on your own.

2) Hire a Porter / Porter Guide / Guide (or multiple)

If you would like to support the local community a bit more, hiring a porter, porter guide or guide is a great way to go about the trek.

» A porter is someone who simply will carry your belongings from one village to the next while you may just carry a daypack. Porters usually do not speak any English at all.

» A porter guide is someone who will carry your belongings and speaks broken English.

» A guide is someone who speaks good English but will not carry any of your gear.

As you may imagine a porter is the cheapest option (+$15 per day), porter guide is in the middle ($20 per day), and a guide is in the most expensive ($30 per day). During my time on the trail I also saw small groups (2-4 people) who would hire a couple porters and a main guide, so you can opt for something like that too.

3) Join a Fully Guided Trek

The most expensive option here is to join a fully guided trek that will take care of all logistics for you from beginning to end. These costs usually include teahouses, food, porters, guides, logistics pre and post trek, flights, etc. For the most part, you can simply show up and be on your way.

These can really range in price. You can join a trek put together by a local trekking company which can cost around $1,500 or you can join a western based operator whose prices can reach well over $2,000.

If you don’t opt for the third option here, the below cost breakdown for an independent 17 day trek will get you going in the right direction. If you decide to hire a porter, porter guide, or guide then you simply can look at the bottom of the chart below (don’t forget about tipping your porter/guide too!).

Three Passes Trek Cost

7) Himalayas Packing List

To have a successful Three Passes trek, you will need to come prepared with the right gear. Remember, this is an 18 day trek and it will very likely include some cold conditions along the way. By utilizing the packing list below, you should be in great shape with all necessary gear and other essentials.

The Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List I put together goes into detail about everything to bring along and will explain more thoroughly why certain items are recommended.

While the list is geared more towards the EBC trek, the only change I would make is to maybe bring a a couple additional pairs of base layer clothing.

Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List PDF

Here are a few additional tips when it comes to the packing list:

» All of your clothing should be made of moisture wicking materials such as Dri FIT, polyester, or wool. These types of materials do not trap moisture and instead keep you dry and comfortable as you are hiking the trails.

» Be sure to keep your electronics in your sleeping bag at night . If you did not know, leaving electronics out in the cold kills their batteries much faster than normal.

If you keep all your electronics / batteries in your sleeping bag at night, you have a better chance to preserve those much needed charges during the duration of the hike.

» You can rent a down jacket and sleeping bag in Kathmandu if you do not want to bring those two larger items with you from abroad. If you are missing any other items, you should also be able to find most of them in Kathmandu before you head off to Lukla.

» Bring along more cash than you will need . Cash is king on the trek and you will need to pay for all your food, accommodations, tips, and other purchases with local Nepalese Rupees (you may be able to pay with USD for permits but rupees will be needed otherwise).

Be sure to bring enough cash (and then some) from Kathmandu.

Considering travel insurance for the Three Passes Trek? World Nomads offers coverage for more than 150 adventure activities as well as emergency medical, lost luggage, trip cancellation and more. For years, World Nomads has been protecting, connecting & inspiring independent travelers, offering travel insurance & safety advice to help you travel confidently. Their mission is to support and encourage travelers to explore their boundaries . World Nomads has simple and flexible travel insurance that has been designed by travelers for travelers. Even if you leave home without travel insurance or your policy runs out, you can buy or extend out on the road. Get a quote for a World Nomads travel insurance policy today!

8) A Day by Day Breakdown

Below you will find a day by day breakdown of the Three Passes trek with a short overview of what to expect out on the trail on each day.

If you would like to learn more about certain days, check out the linked guides that will take you to articles I put together for each day of the trip.

» I took part of the trek in November, which is a month that offers plenty of sunshine and little rain. Feel free to check out this Everest Base Camp weather guide to learn more about why I choose this time of year to hike.

Day 1: Fly to Lukla & Lukla – Phakding

Starting Elevation : 9,318 feet / 2,840 meters

Ending Elevation : 8,563 feet / 2,610 meters

Distance : 5.1 miles / 8.2 km

Duration : 3 hours

Elevation Gain : 909 feet / 277 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (755 feet) / (230 meters)

After taking an early flight from Kathmandu to Lukla , it is time to begin the journey on the Three Passes Trek. Once you land, you can collect your bags and head off into Lukla to have some breakfast before taking off for the day.

Important Note : Flights sometimes only depart from Ramechhap, a 5-6 hour drive from Kathmandu. Be sure to check the latest flight schedules to better understand if Kathmandu offers departures during your trip.

Today will be an easy hike towards Phakding, and it is actually a net elevation loss. It is a perfect way to just get used to the altitude and get your body warmed up for what is yet to come.

» Learn more in the Lukla to Phakding guide up on the site

Lukla to Phakding Trail

Day 2: Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Starting Elevation : 8,563 feet / 2,610 meters

Ending Elevation : 11,286 feet / 3,440 meters

Distance : 6.8 miles / 10.9 km

Duration : 7 hours

Elevation Gain : 3,986 feet / 1,215 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 2,723 feet / 830 meters

While the first day was nice and easy, day 2 will be one of the more difficult trekking days as you head all the way up to Namche Bazaar.

There will be quite a bit of elevation gain throughout the way as you head across suspension bridges, take in those first real mountain views, and even get a sneak peek at Mount Everest itself.

» Learn more in the Phakding to Namche Bazaar guide up on the site

Phakding to Namche Bazaar River

Day 3: Acclimatization Hike to Hotel Everest View

Starting Elevation : 11,286 feet / 3,440 meters

Hotel Elevation : 12,730 feet / 3,880 meters

Distance : 3.4 miles / 5,4 km

Elevation Gain : 1,444 feet / 440 meters

Net Elevation Gain : –

It is time to acclimatize as you spend your third day of the trek above the village of Namche Bazaar. You can leave most of your gear behind as you take a light day pack up to Hotel Everest View.

Along the way and at the hotel itself, you will get some nice views of the Everest mountain range way out in the distance.

Once all finished up and you have had some time to relax up top, follow the path back down to the village, where you will spend a second night in Namche.

» Learn more in the Hotel Everest View hiking guide up on the site

Hotel Everest View Mountains

Day 4: Namche Bazaar – Tengboche

Ending Elevation : 12,664 feet / 3,860 meters

Distance : 6 miles / 9.6 km

Duration : 5 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,881 feet / 878 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,378 feet / 420 meters

Although you are netting 1,378 feet of elevation gain today, the total gain is closer to 2,900 feet due to the ups and downs of the trail between Namche and Tengboche.

During a good portion of today’s trail you should be able to see the top of Mount Everest as well as some one of a kind views of Ama Dablam.

Once you reach Tengboche, feel free to head to the village’s monastery, one of the most famous in the Himalayas.

» Learn more in the Namche Bazaar to Tengboche guide up on the site

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche Everest

Day 5: Tengboche – Dingboche

Starting Elevation : 12,664 feet / 3,860 meters

Ending Elevation : 14,469 feet / 4,410 meters

Distance : 6.5 miles / 10.5 km

Duration : 6 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,287 feet / 697 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,805 feet / 550 meters

It is now further down the valley onwards to the village of Dingboche. Along the way you will pass Pangboche and the turn off for Ama Dablam Base Camp, if you decide to change up the itinerary a bit.

Today is a relatively easy day all things considered, as you gain a some more elevation on a slight incline all the way through and finish up in Dingboche, where you will stay a couple nights to better acclimatize.

» Learn more in the Tengboche to Dingboche guide up on the site

Tengboche to Dingboche Trekking

Day 6: Acclimatization Hike to Nangkartshang Peak

Starting Elevation : 14,469 feet / 4,410 meters

Peak Elevation : 16,677 feet / 5,083 meters

Distance : 3.2 miles / 5.1 km

Elevation Gain : 2,208 feet / 673 meters

Directly behind the village, you will see a winding trail up to Nangkartshang Peak. While a tough peak to conquer, you will get some of the best views you can ask for.

Off to your right will be Ama Dablam and to either side, the stunning valley with the mountains hovering up above.

» Learn more in the Nangkartshang Peak guide up on the site

Nangkartshang Acclimatization Hike

Day 7: Dingboche – Chukhung & Optional Hike to Island Peak Base Camp

Ending Elevation : 15,518 feet / 4,730 meters

Distance : 2.8 miles / 4.5 km

Duration : 2 hours

Elevation Gain : 1,312 feet / 400 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,049 feet / 320 meters

Here is where things veer off from the main Everest Base Camp route. Instead of heading to the western valley towards Lobuche, the Three Passes route heads to the eastern valley towards Chukhung.

This is going to be an easier day on the trail that should only take a few hours. If you want to take in more, you can opt for the 4 hour round trip hike to Island Peak Base Camp from Chukhung.

» Learn more in the Dingboche to Chukhung guide up on the site

Dingboche to Chukhung Route

Day 8: Acclimatization Hike to Chukhung Ri

Starting Elevation : 15,518 feet / 4,730 meters

Peak Elevation : 18,209 feet / 5,550 meters

Distance : 3.5 miles / 5.7 km

Duration : 4 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,690 feet / 820 meters

While you don’t necessarily need to consider the trek up Chukhung Ri an acclimatization hike, it is an add on I would highly recommend. Behind the village of Chukhung you will find this peak at 18,209 feet in elevation (tied for highest point of the trek).

While a tough climb up to the top, it sure is a rewarding one. Staring down right in front of you from the top is the south face of Nupste, and behind you will be one of the coolest ridge views you can ask for.

Once back down in the village, be sure to rest those legs and get ready for one of the toughest days of the trek over the Kongma La Pass.

» Learn more in the Chukhung Ri guide up on the site

Chukhung Ri Hike

Day 9: Chukhung – Kongma La Pass – Lobuche

Ending Elevation : 16,109 feet / 4,910 meters

Duration : 8 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,691 feet / 820 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 591 feet / 180 meters

In my opinion, the hike over the Kongma La Pass is the most difficult out of any day of the Three Passes trek.

You not only gain 2,700 feet of elevation but you also lose 2,100 feet of elevation down to Lobuche. And the trek down is not an easy one either.

Over the course of this 8+ hour day, you will however get some very special views of the Himalayas. Most memorable is the one atop Kongma La, as you get to take in the absolutely breathtaking views of the turquoise lakes down below.

Once down in the village of Lobcuhe, you will officially be back on the standard Everest Base Camp route.

» Learn more in the Kongma La Pass guide up on the site

Kongma La Pass Views

Day 10: Lobuche – Gorak Shep & Trek to Everest Base Camp

Starting Elevation : 16,109 feet / 4,910 meters

Ending Elevation : 16,814 feet / 5,125 meters

Distance : 7.3 miles / 11.7 km

Elevation Gain : 1,647 feet / 502 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 705 feet / 215 meters

Today is a big day as you will make it to Everest Base Camp itself. First it the 3 hour hike to Gorak Shep, where you can check into your teahouse and drop off your stuff.

It is then further down along the Khumbu Glacier until you reach Everest Base Camp! Spend some time exploring the area, taking some photos, and enjoying the views of the Khumbu Icefall.

Once all finished up there, head back towards Gorak Shep, where you will spend a night above 5,000 meters.

Trekking Tip: IF the forecast is looking clear in the late afternoon, you may want to swap Everest Base Camp to day 11 and head up to Kala Patthar for sunset on day 10. Getting to see the alpenglow hit Everest for sunset is quite the view to take in, however it is only worth it if the weather is clear.

» Learn more in the Lobuche to Gorak Shep & Everest Base Camp guides up on the site

Mount Everest Base Camp

Day 11: Kala Patthar & Gorak Shep – Dzongla

Starting Elevation : 16,814 feet / 5,125 meters

Ending Elevation : 15,850 feet / 4,830 meters

Distance : 9 miles / 14.5 km

Elevation Gain : 1,952 feet / 595 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (964 feet) / (295 meters)

Sitting behind Gorak Shep lays Kala Patthar, home of one of the best views of the Everest region. Along the hike up and from up top you will get to see Mount Everest right out in front of you. This is essentially tied with Kongma La as the highest point of your trek.

Many people decide to head up for sunrise as the weather it clearer in the mornings and sunrise is also a pretty special experience.

Once back in Gorak Shep, pack up your bags and begin the walk back towards Lobuche. You can stop there for some lunch before continuing on to Dzongla. Be careful not to miss the turn here as you will be getting back off of the main Everest Base Camp route.

The trekkers on the main EBC route will be heading straight back towards the Dingboche/Pheriche area, while you will be heading right towards Dzongla to prepare for the Cho La Pass.

» Learn more in the Kala Patthar and Gorak Shep to Dzongla guides up on the site

Mount Everest View Kalapathar

Day 12: Dzongla – Cho La Pass – Gokyo

Starting Elevation : 15,850 feet / 4,830 meters

Ending Elevation : 15,584 feet / 4,790 meters

Distance : 7.5 miles / 12 km

Elevation Gain : 2,362 feet / 720 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (266 feet) / (40 meters)

Out of the three passes, Cho La has to be the most unique in nature. That is because this is not just a simple hike. Once you reach the bottom portion of the pass, you will need to put on your micro spikes (beginner level crampons) to head across the glacier.

It is an experience like no other here as you get to enjoy this glacier walk up to the top of the Cho La Pass. The fun isn’t over yet though! Once down from the pass you will continue towards the small village of Thagnak, where you can enjoy some lunch.

From there the trek across the Ngozumpa Glacier begins as you make your way to the lakeside village of Gokyo. Note that you will not need the micro spikes for this glacier as it is mostly on the loose dirt/rock that sits on top of the glacier itself.

Gokyo will be home for the next three nights as you get to now enjoy some day hikes (or a rest day if needed) from the village.

» Learn more in the Cho La Pass guide up on the site

Top of Cho La Pass

Day 13: Hike up Gokyo Ri

Starting Elevation : 15,584 feet / 4,790 meters

Peak Elevation : 17,575 feet / 5,357 meters

Distance : 2.5 miles / 4 km

Elevation Gain : 1,965 feet / 599 meters

Gokyo Ri towers above the village of Gokyo and its lakes. From the summit of this 17,575 foot mountain, you will get views of the Ngozumpa Glacier in both directions, a few of the Gokyo Lakes, mountains such as Cho Oyu and Makalu, and of course Mount Everest itself.

This is a definite must do hike for those that are spending some time in Gokyo.

» Learn more in the Gokyo Ri guide up on the site

Gokyo Lakes Nepal View

Day 14: Hike to the 4 th & 5 th Gokyo Lakes

Lake Elevation : 16,322 feet / 4,975 meters

Distance : 8 miles / 13 km

Elevation Gain : 950 feet / 290 meters

Understandingly so, you may want to have a rest day at some point, and I don’t think there is a better place to enjoy one than Gokyo. You can spend some time by the main lake, head up the short trail behind the village to take in some views, and just walk around the village.

But if you are up for it, then a trek towards the 4 th and 5 th Gokyo Lakes is also worth the extra day of hiking.

There is limited elevation gain here as you head alongside the Ngozumpa Glacier and towards the two lakes. Along the way too you will get the most unobstructed view of Mount Everest straight down the valley.

So, if you have it in you, it is certainly worth the effort.

» Learn more in the Gokyo Lakes guide up on the site

View of Mount Everest Gokyo Lakes

Day 15: Gokyo – Renjo La Pass – Lungde

Ending Elevation : 14,370 feet / 4,380 meters

Distance : 11.7 miles / 18.8 km

Elevation Gain : 2,572 feet / 784 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (1,214 feet) / (410 meters)

It is now time to leave Gokyo and head over the Renjo La Pass towards the other side of the valley to the village of Lungde. The trek over Renjo La will give you more spectacular views of the lakes, glacier and Mount Everest itself.

Once over the pass, it is a nice downhill trek through the valley towards Lungde, where you will spend the night.

» Learn more in the Renjo La Pass guide up on the site

Renjo La Everest View

Day 16: Lungde – Namche Bazaar

Starting Elevation : 14,370 feet / 4,380 meters

Distance : 11.4 miles / 18.3 km

Elevation Gain : 1,012 feet / 305 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (3,084 feet) / (940 meters)

While a longer distance of a day, the trekking won’t be as strenuous. You will continuously lose elevation as you circle around towards Namche Bazaar.

Along the way you will cross some bridges, make your way past the village of Thame, and enjoy some of the last views of this side of the valley.

You will soon be welcomed to views of Namche Bazaar from above, and can then make your way down into the familiar village to spend the night.

» Learn more in the Lungde to Namche Bazaar guide up on the site

Lungde to Thame

Day 17: Namche Bazaar – Lukla

Ending Elevation : 9,318 feet / 2,840 meters

Distance : 11.9 miles / 19.1 km

Elevation Gain : 2,904 feet / 885 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (1,968 feet) / (600 meters)

This is going to be the last day of trekking on the journey! It is now time to backtrack days 1 and 2 of the trek as you make your way from Namche all the way to Lukla as you pass Phakding along the way.

While you will be losing quite a bit of elevation throughout the day, remember that the portion of trail between Phakding and Lukla will actually be an elevation gain. Nothing like ending the trek with some uphill battles after 17 days of hiking.

Once you make it back to Lukla, head to your teahouse for the night, take a nice hot shower (hopefully), and get ready for your flight back in the morning.

» Learn more in the Namche Bazaar to Lukla guide up on the site

Namche Bazaar Viewpoint

Day 18: Depart Lukla

It is now time to depart Lukla and head back to Kathmandu. Be sure to sit on the right side of the plane here so you can get those last views of the Himalayas outside your window.

Back in Kathmandu, go do some laundry, take some showers, and get some massages after a once in a lifetime trekking experience.

9) How Hard is the Three Passes Trek

The Three Passes Trek is quite demanding both physically and mentally. For about 2.5 weeks you will need to hike on average of 5-6 hours per day, covering 112 miles and nearly 36,000 feet of elevation gain.

And at the end of each day, you won’t have a nice hot shower and heated room to come back to (although you can pay for some warm showers in certain villages).

While the teahouses are some of the most hospitable places I have been to, they do not have hotel like amenities. So, while the physical toll is demanding, the mental toll is too.

But at the end of the day, we are talking about seeing and experiencing some of the most beautiful landscapes on this planet. And every day really does bring something new – whether that is a village, mountain peak, lake, or the uniqueness of Everest Base Camp.

If you think you are up for the challenge, I highly recommend the Three Passes Trek for your trip.

Gorak Shep to Dzongla

10) Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp

A big question that is asked when going about a hike in the region is the difference between the Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp.

From a pure statistics point of view, below is a chart that shows the main differences between the two treks – days, distance, elevation gain, and time on the trail.

The nice thing at the end of the day is that Three Passes Trek essentially covers 95%+ of the the standard Everest Base Camp trek.

The only portion of trail you would be missing out on is the walk between Dingboche and Lobuche (that is where you would be heading to Chukhung and then Kongma La Pass to Lobuche). Beyond that you get everything that the EBC trek offers.

If you think you have those extra days in you and you want to see more of this beautiful region, then opt for the Three Passes. On the other hand, if you are shorter on time and don’t want to hike for another week, then go for the EBC trek.

End of the day, it is hard to go wrong in this region and you certainly will enjoy it out there in the Himalayas.

» Learn more about the hike in the Everest Base Camp Trek guide on the site

Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp

I really hope that this guide has given you all the information you need to fully prepare and enjoy the Three Passes Trek of the Himalayas. If you do have additional questions, feel free to add them in below.

Also, be sure to take a look at the other Nepal trekking guides up on the site.

Have fun out there and safe travels!

Three Passes Trek Nepal

Related posts:

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche Trek

Sharing is caring!

Thursday 26th of January 2023

Just one quick question, can I do Three passes solo or I have to hire a guide, porter or both? There are some blogs which stated that for Everest Region, no solo trekking allowed anymore.

Lynton Smith

Sunday 28th of August 2022

Thanks for sharing. I am interested to know how you booked your internal flight ticks return to Lukla? Did you hire any porters on your trip and if so where from? Cheers Lynton

Monday 29th of August 2022

Hi Lynton - I booked my internal flights through the Yeti Airlines website a few months prior to my departure. I did up end having a porter guide with me for a portion of the hike that was set up for me when I was in Kathmandu.

Enjoy your time out in the Himalayas!

Thame village stone entrance arch EBC trek

Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek route

The Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek winds through many beautiful and diverse sections of Sagarmatha National Park. Importantly, it takes you to the world's most famous base camp, but also up and over three incredible mountain passes.

EBC and Three Passes itinerary

As is the case with many multiday treks, the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek allows some flexibility in how you approach it. For instance, you can:

  • walk the middle section in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction
  • choose between different villages for your overnight stays
  • decide how many acclimatisation and rest days you take

In this post we describe the EBC and Three Passes trek route itinerary that we use at Follow Alice. It's a trail of 124 km (77 miles), not counting the optional roundtrip hikes on the three acclimatisation and rest days.

Map of the EBC and Three Passes trek

Map of the EBC and Three Passes trek route

From the map above you can see that we walk the route in an anticlockwise direction. This is the ideal choice as it gives you enough acclimatisation time. Also, you climb the passes in the mornings with the sun on your back, which is nicely warming.

We also include three rest and acclimatisation days, which are really important for your health.

So let's tuck into all the juicy details of the trip ...

Day 1 – Arrive in Kathmandu

  • Arrival: Tribhuvan International Airport
  • Overnight: Thamel, Kathmandu
  • Drive: Airport to Thamel (30 min)
  • Accommodation: Arushi Boutique Hotel (or similar)

Monkey Temple Kathmandu

Kathmandu is chockfull of stupas and other religious monuments

Today we fetch you from Tribhuvan International Airport and drive you for about twenty minutes to the hotel in Thamel, a busy and vibey district of Kathmandu.

If you're not too tired from your trip, we encourage you to spend some time exploring Kathmandu. Even just walking the streets of Thamel – observing the architecture, mixing with the locals and trying some of the local cuisine – is a grand experience. The narrow lanes in the core of Thamel are only for pedestrians and are great for leisurely explores.

If you've forgotten anything for your trek, or want to hire something, Thamel has a wide range of trekking gear shops, so you're sorted on that front. You can also buy a cheap SIM card for your time in Nepal.

If you feel like the Nepali equivalent of a bus-top tour, we recommend hopping on a rickshaw for a fun way to see the sights of Thamel. Or if you'd like to visit somewhere a little less busy, $2 gets you entrance into the Edwardian-style Garden of Dreams . Wander around and admire the pavilions, pergolas, sculptures, fountains and lily pads, verandahs and birdhouses, or just chill with a book and a drink on the grass. If you've forgotten to bring along some reading material, Thamel actually has quite a few bookstores that stock English literature.

Tonight we enjoy dinner together as a group and chat about what to expect in the upcoming days.

Thamel street scene, Nepal

Kathmandu is a busy and humming city, night and day

Day 2 – Drive to Manthali

  • Drive: Kathmandu to Manthali (5 hr)
  • Overnight: Manthali
  • Accommodation: TBD

View of valley town of Manthali, Nepal

A lovely view of the district of Ramechhap as snapped by S. Pradhan

This morning we drive southeast in our private vehicle to reach the pretty district of Ramechhap so that we can catch a flight from Manthali Airport tomorrow to Lukla, the start of the EBC trek.

We can't unfortunately fly straight to Lukla from Kathmandu, as Tribhuvan International Airport is currently undergoing major construction that doesn't allow for domestic flights to take off and land there. This is why we've had to add another two days to this itinerary, to allow time to reach Manthali Airport in Ramechhap.

Day 3 – Trek to Phakding

  • Flight: Ramechhap to Lukla (15 min)
  • Starting point: Lukla (2,860 m / 9,383 ft)
  • Overnight: Phakding (2,610 m / 8,562 ft)
  • Accommodation: Teahouse
  • Distance trekked: 8.2 km / 5.1 mi
  • Hours trekking: 3 hours

Lukla Airport is the gateway to the Everest Base Camp trek

We fly from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport, shown above

This morning we take a short and exhilarating flight east from Raemchhap in a small aircraft to the mountainside town of Lukla. The flight is a moment in itself, offering incredible views of the mountains. And landing at Tenzing-Hillary Airport is not something you sleep through – this short runway perched on the side of a mountain demands just the right weather conditions and a skilled pilot!

Flight done and dusted, we then hand over our duffel bags for transport via yaks, put on our daypacks, and get walking. 😀 We head northwest out of Lukla on the start of the famous EBC trail! Whoop whoop! The route today isn't that tough or long, and we follow a nicely worn footpath through Sherpa countryside.

This section of the trek is incredibly pretty. We soon enter the lush and forested Dhudh Kosi river valley and wind our way up the valley, with the river staying on our left. En route we pass by picturesque Sherpa settlements, like Surke (shown below).

Pur. Surke village near Dhud Kosi river en route to Phakding, Everest Base Camp

The village of Surke near the river Dudh Kosi

What some might not realise is that the Everest Base Camp trek route is not a hikers-only path. Rather, the route followed by trekkers is the long-established 'highway' used everyday by locals. There's no road or larger route connecting the various towns and villages of the Sherpas – the EBC trek route is the main thoroughfare. So expect to share the path with tourists and Sherpas alike, as well as yaks, horses and mules.

Pur. Village of Phakding, Nepal

The prettily situated village of Phakding

We spend our first night on the trail in the pretty riverside village of Phakding. Phakding is actually at a lower elevation to Lukla, so your body won't be challenged by an altitude increase just yet.

Day 4 – Trek to Namche Bazaar

  • Starting point: Phakding (2,610 m / 8,562 ft)
  • Overnight: Namche Bazaar (3,440 m / 11,286 ft)
  • Distance trekked: 9.4 km / 5.6 mi
  • Hours trekking: 6-7 hours
  • Highlight: Cross the Hillary Suspension Bridge

Suspension, bridge, trekking in Nepal

Today is a day of multiple suspension bridge crossings

Today's trek continues up the Dhudh Kosi Valley. During today's hike we enter Sagarmatha National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. We pass the lovely Toktok Waterfall near the park's entrance, and it's a great location for a little rest stop.

What's especially fun and noteworthy today are all the bridges we must use as we crisscross the river! The suspension bridges are draped in multicoloured prayer flags and are often high above the river. We share them with yaks and mules. The Edmund Hillary Suspension Bridge is the biggest showstopper: it sits 125 m (410 ft) above the river and is 140 m (459 ft) long – quite the daunting prospect if you struggle with heights!

Pur. Hillary Bridge. EBC trek. Nepal

We cross the Edmund Hillary Bridge en route to Namche Bazaar

Pro tip: Don't enter a suspension bridge if there are yaks or mules busy crossing it, as they could well knock you over.

After this bridge it's a steep and taxing climb up to Namche Bazaar, which sits on a high outcrop at the confluence of the Dhudh Khosi and its tributary the Bhote Khosi. Today is when the change in altitude can really be felt (we climb nearly a vertical kilometre!), and so taking a rest tomorrow is paramount.

Namche has so much to offer the curious trekker, though most are tired from the trek and leave the exploration for tomorrow. A great treat after arriving is afternoon tea at one of the cafés. For many, the German Bakery is a great choice as it offers a comforting taste of home in the form of cappuccinos and dark chocolate cake.

Prayer flags with Buddhist mantras in the background of Namche Bazar village. Nepal

Namche Bazaar is a regional hub and the largest Sherpa town

Day 5 – Acclimatisation and Hotel Everest View hike

  • Highlight: Hike to Hotel Everest View for tea
  • Hotel Everest View elevation: 3,880 m / 2,730 ft
  • Hike distance: 5.4 km / 3.4 mi
  • Hiking time: 3 hours

namche-bazaar-Nepal

Namche Bazaar is a town of steeply terraced buildings, so most of the buildings offer great views!

It's important to give your body time to adjust to the higher altitude, so today we stay put in Namche. That said, there's lots you can choose to do, like visit the Sherpa Museum or local monastery, or do a beautiful day hike to Everest View Hotel for a drink and snack.

There are plenty of shops in Namche Bazaar for stocking up on snacks and any other trekking whatnots you might need. There are a couple of ATMs in town, but they don't accept all cards and we wouldn't rely on them in case they're not working. The better option is bringing enough rupees with you, or exchanging dollars or euros at the local bank in Namche.

Some like to do a day roundtrip hike to Hotel Everest View , the famous hotel that opened in 1971. From here you can have drinks or a bite to eat while enjoying panoramic views that do, of course, include Mt Everest!

Hotel Everest View, website's picture

Hotel Everest View was built in the 60s and is one of the world's highest hotels

Day 6 – Trek to Tengboche

  • Starting point: Namche Bazaar (3,440 m / 11,286 ft)
  • Overnight: Tengboche (3,870 m / 12,696 ft)
  • Distance trekked: 9.6 km / 6 mi
  • Hours trekking: 5-6 hours
  • Highlight: Visit Tengboche Monastery

Famous Tengboche Buddhist monastery in Sagarmatha National Park, Nepal

Tengboche Monastery is the largest in the Khumbu region

Today we head in a northeasterly direction up the Pheriche Valley to reach the village of Tengboche. We walk a pretty smooth and flat contour path for a long way. Eventually the trail descends to the valley floor. And then, to reach Tengboche (or Thyanboche), which sits on a hill at the confluence of the Dudh Kosi and the Imja Khola, there's a big climb.

The views on today's hike of Lhotse, Everest and Ama Dablam are unforgettable!

Given its high position on a hill, Tengboche offers visitors a view of some amazing peaks, which include Tawache, Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and Thamserku. When viewed from Tengboche, Ama Dablam looks like a mother with outstretched arms. The mountain's name literally means 'mother's necklace'. It's a favourite among many who trek in the region for its striking shape and beauty. It also can be seen on many days of the EBC trek, almost like a mother keeping an eye on things!

Sherpa on trail on EBC trek, Nepal

Local Sherpas use the EBC trek route as their primary means for getting around the region

Tengboche Monastery – also known as Dawa Choling Gompa – is a Tibetan Buddhist monastery. It's the largest in the whole Khumbu region, and is most definitely worth a visit! It contains a 20-foot Buddha sculpture, as well as detailed wall hangings, clothes and musical instruments. Visitors can also observe a prayer ceremony.

Tengboche 1974 by clemensmarabu

Here you can see Ama Dablam behind Tengboche in a 1974 photo by clemensmarabu

Day 7 – Trek to Dingboche

  • Starting point: Tengboche (3,870 m / 12,696 ft)
  • Overnight: Dingboche (4,360 m / 14,304 ft)
  • Distance trekked: 10.5 km / 6.5 mi
  • Hours trekking: 6 hours
  • Highlight: The view from Nangkartshang Peak

View of Ama Dablam from Nangkartshang viewpoint, Dingboche, Nepal

View of the beautiful Ama Dablam from Nangkartshang Peak above Dingboche

We climb up the Imja Khola valley, walking through woods and enjoying increasingly spectacular views of the snow-capped peaks towering around us. Ama Dablam and Island Peak in particular are breathtaking.

Three kilometres out of Tengboche, we pass by Pangboche (3,985 m), the highest year-round settlement in the valley. This green-roofed village is the base camp for trekkers climbing nearby Ama Dablam. Its monastery is the oldest in the region, and famed for its supposed yeti scalp.

Pur. Glaciers and moraines near Pangboche and Imja Khola river, EBC trek, Nepal

Glaciers, moraines, the village of Pangboche and the Imja Khola river

A little way before Dingboche there's a fork in the road: those following the classic EBC trek keep left and head towards the village of Pheriche. We keep right, however, and soon cross a bridge, after which we tackle a steep climb up to Dingboche.

Trekkers walking into Dingboche, Nepal, Everest Base Camp packing list

Welcome to Dingboche!

If you're a strong trekker who has made good time in reaching Dingboche, then we recommend taking on the additional climb to Nangkartshang Peak (which is a bit of misnomer, as it's more a sub-peak of a higher ridge). From here you have an incredible and rewarding vantage point of the surrounding mountains; you can see various beauties like Ama Dablam, Kangtega, Nuptse, Lhotse, Makalu, Cho Oyu and Taboche.

Dingboche, with Island Peak in centre

Dingboche with Island Peak in the centre distance

Day 8 – Trek to Chhukung

  • Starting point: Dingboche (4,360 m / 14,304 ft)
  • Overnight: Chhukung (4,730m / 14,334ft)
  • Distance trekked: 5 km / 3.1 mi
  • Hours trekking: 2-3 hours
  • Highlight: Hiking the beautiful and quiet Imja Khola valley

Trek route, looking back, from Dingboche to Chhukung, Nepal

Looking back on the trek route from Dingboche to Chhukung

Today we have an easier trek on our hands, walking a relatively gentle incline up the Imja Khola valley floor to the village of Chhukung (or Chukhung). This is a much quieter part of Sagarmatha National Park, and so the trail won't be as busy as it was until around Tengboche. We pass by stone-walled fields and eventually enter into moraine territory just before reaching Chhukung.

Chhukung developed as a teahouse (lodge) village to service those on their way to trek over Kongma La as well as climb Island Peak.

Pur. Chhukung village and Ama Dablam in snow, EBC trek, Nepal

A view of Chhukung in winter with Ama Dablam looming above all

Day 9 – Acclimatisation and hike

  • Starting point: Chhukung (4,730 m / 14,334 ft)
  • Overnight: Chhukung (4,730 m / 14,334 ft)
  • Highlight: Climb Chhukung Ri or visit Island Peak Base Camp

Marco. View from Chhukung, Nepal

A night-time sky and Ama Dablam as seen from Chhukung

We stay put today and spend another night in Chhukung to help our bodies acclimatise to the ever-increasing altitude.

There are some options on the table: relax at the lodge with a good book and good companions, or head on out and do a day hike. Then, if we choose the hike, we can either climb Chhukung Ri or visit Island Peak Base Camp.

Chhukung Ri (5,550 m / 18,208 ft) is a taxing roundtrip of about four hours. It's great for helping the body to acclimatise, but you want to weigh that benefit against the possible need for a day of complete rest. Trekking fatigue is real. If you do choose to do the hike, the view from the top is simply incredible, letting you see Island Peak, Ama Dablam, Makalu and Nuptse, among other peaks.

Pur. View from Chhukung Ri, EBC trek, Nepal

The breathtaking view from Chhukung Ri

Island Peak is a whopping mountain at 6,160 m (20,210 ft). It earned its name in 1953 from an expedition team (which included Tenzing Norgay and Edmund Hillary) because they thought it looks like an island in a sea of ice when seen from Dingboche. In 1983 it was renamed Imja Tse, but many still refer to it as Island Peak. A great day hike of around eight hours is visiting Island Peak Base Camp (5,100 m / 16,732 ft) on the southern slope of the mountain. We pass Imja Tse lake en route.

Chhukung Ri, EBC trek, Nepal

Another amazing view from Chhukung Ri

Day 10 – Summit Kongma La

  • Overnight: Lobuche (4,940 m / 16,210 ft)
  • Kongma La elevation: 5,535m/18,154ft
  • Distance trekked: 10.6 km / 6.6 mi
  • Hours trekking: 9-10 hours
  • Highlight: Views from the top, and crossing Khumbu Glacier

Descending Kongma La

A November view while descending Kongma La

Today we tackle our first pass! Kongma La is a challenging mountain pass that's actually higher in elevation than Everest Base Camp. It's also the easternmost and highest of the three passes that make up the EBC and Three Passes trek.

With all that in mind, today is a very good day for concentration, crampons and trekking poles, as much of the route is rocky and uneven. But there are also some beautifully smooth sections of trail on the ascent.

Crampons on hiking shoes on Cho La, Nepal

Crampons are sometimes needed to help you navigate the passes

When you reach the top, you're rewarded with breathtaking views to the east and west. These make the climb worth every bit of effort! The descent is trickier than the ascent, as it's much steeper. So it's just about taking it slowly and at your own pace. There's no rush.

Marco on Kongma La

Celebrating having conquered Kongma La!

Near the bottom of the pass we cross over Khumbu Glacier, which of course is the same glacier that famously flanks Everest! It's also the largest glacier in Nepal. Having crossed Khumbu Glacier, we head to Lobuche for the night. And by doing so, link back up with the classic EBC trail.

Excitingly, we cross Khumbu Glacier during our descent from Kongma La.

Pur. Lobuche village Everest Base Camp Three Peaks Nepal

Tonight we stay at the village of Lobuche

Day 11 – Visit Everest Base Camp!

  • Starting point: Lobuche (4,940 m / 16,210 ft)
  • Overnight: Gorakshep (5,164 m / 16,942 ft)
  • Everest Base Camp elevation: 5,364 m / 17,598 ft
  • Distance trekked: 10.8 km / 6.7 mi
  • Hours trekking: ~ 4 hours
  • Highlight: It's finally EBC time!

3 passes trek clockwise

Everest Base Camp – in the quiet season, the prayer flags mark the spot!

Today is the BIG DAY! We head northeast after breakfast along a well-worn path to reach Everest Base Camp. Bring. It. On.

The climb season for Everest is spring (April to early June), so this is the time to plan your EBC and Three Passes trek if you really want to see the base camp in action. At other times of the year, the camp is deserted. Prayer flags and a large, spray-painted rock (that you can climb atop for a photo) indicate you've reached the internationally renowned spot.

Pur. Helicopter and Lhotse mountain Everest Base Camp trek

A helicopter is a tiny speck against the enormity of Lhotse

Depending on the time of year, EBC will be pretty deserted, or a bustling hive of activity!

You can't actually see the peak of Everest from base camp. But you're standing amidst some incredible mountains, and you're also up close and personal with Khumbu Glacier, the world's highest glacier!

Having visited EBC, we travel the short distance back to the settlement of Gorakshep, where we spend the night. Gorakshep was actually the original EBC – it was used by Swiss mountain climbers in 1952 in their attempt to summit Everest.

Aerial view of Gorakshep, EBC trek, Nepal

An aerial view of Gorakshep

Day 12 – Climb Kala Patthar

  • Starting point: Gorakshep (5,164 m / 16,942 ft)
  • Overnight: Dzongla (4,830 m / 15,850 ft)
  • Kala Patthar elevation: 5,645 m / 18,519 ft
  • Distance trekked: 10.4 km / 6.2 mi
  • Hours trekking: 8-10 hr
  • Highlight: Epic view of Everest from Kala Patthar

View of Himalayas from Kala Patthar, Everest Base Camp packing list

The view from Kala Patthar in the direction of Lobuche

We head first to Kala Patthar, a tough climb with a massive reward: an unobstructed view of Mt Everest!

Kala Patthar means 'black rock' in Nepali, and you'll find it looks similar to a black sand dune.

Kala Patthar is on everyone's itinerary as it offers a fantastic 'full frontal' of Everest. So after breakfast today, we head north to tackle Kala Patthar. While it's not a massive climb, it's tiring, given the altitude, and so fresh morning legs are helpful here.

Having taken in the view of Everest and its mates like Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu from Kala Patthar, we head back south along the classic Everest Base Camp trek route. We pass through Lobuche, and then later on, when the trail nears the head of the Imja Khola river, we veer west away from the main route and head towards the village of Dzongla (or Dzonglha).

Marco holding toy above Mt Everest, EBC trek, Nepal

'Touching' the tippy top of Mt Everest while standing on Kala Patthar!

The path we walk to Dzongla is well-defined and offers simply incredible views of the surrounding mountains – it's the stuff of day dreams. We can see peaks like Arakam Tse, Cholatse and Taboche, and also pass the lake Chola Tsho. There's a fair bit of up and down along the route, and a final ascent to the blue- and green-roofed buildings of Dzongla.

Day 13 – Summit Cho La

  • Starting point: Dzongla (4,830 m / 15,850 ft)
  • Overnight: Gokyo (4,750 m / 15,584 ft)
  • Cho La elevation: 5,420 m / 17,782 ft
  • Distance trekked: 12.5 km / 7.5 mi
  • Highlight: View from Cho La of mountain, glaciers and lakes

Cho La and hikers, Nepal

These hikers tackling the glacier on Cho La look like mere ants

It's time now to tackle our second pass! This is a relatively difficult pass, as we cross Cho La Glacier on the ascent. The top of the pass rewards us with magnificent views to both the east and west. The descent is once again steeper than the ascent.

After conquering the pass, we trek through the small village of Thangnak (4,680 m / 15,350 ft) near its base. This is a remote and gorgeous section of Sagarmatha National Park that many don't get to see.

We then strike out for our night-time destination of Gokyo, a small village with an outsized boast:

  • It sits in the shadow of Cho Oyu (8,150 m / 26,739 ft), the world's sixth highest mountain.
  • Directly above the village is Ngozumpa Glacier, the longest glacier in the Himalayas at 36 km (22 mi).
  • It's also on the shore of one of the Gokyo Lakes, the world's highest fresh water lake system.

Pur. Aerial view of Sherpa village Gokyo (4,860 m)

The village of Gokyo can be seen here below Ngozumpa Glacier and on the shore of Gokyo Cho

The Gokyo Lakes are sacred to both Buddhists and Hindus. In fact, every August around 500 Hindus make a pilgrimage there to bathe in their waters. The most well-known lake is the one alongside the village of Gokyo, and is called Gokyo Cho (or Dudh Pokhari).

To reach Gokyo, we cross Ngozumpa Glacier, so you'll get to see this renowned glacier all up close and personal.

Day 14 – Acclimatisation and Gokyo Ri hike

  • Starting point: Gokyo (4,800 m / 15,580 ft)
  • Overnight: Gokyo (4,800 m / 15,580 ft)
  • Gokyo Ri elevation: 5,357 m / 17,575 ft
  • Hike distance: 4 km / 2.4 mi
  • Hiking time: 3-4 hours
  • Highlight: 360° view from Gokyo Ri

Pur. Panoramic view on Ngozumpa glacier, Gokyo lakes and Gokyo village from summit of Gokyo Ri.

View of Gokyo, Ngozumpa Glacier, Gokyo Cho and more from the top of Gokyo Ri

Today is a special day as we're going to hike to the top of Gokyo Ri (Peak) for some sublime views! For the hike, we follow a roughly linear path to the peak and back.

Standing on Gokyo Ri, we can gaze down to the north on the largest of the Gokyo Lakes, called Gokyo IV (or Tonak Pokhari). To the southwest we can see Renjo La, which we cross tomorrow. And further afield to the north and east we have a seemingly endless line of famous peaks, including four that rise above the 8,000 m mark: Everest, Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu!

Colorful prayer flags on Gokyo Ri mountain summit in Nepal

Prayer flags atop Gokyo Ri

Day 15 – Summit Renjo La

  • Overnight: Marulung (4,210 m / 13,810 ft)
  • Renjo La elevation: 5,360 m / 17,560 ft 
  • Distance trekked: 9.5 km / 5.6 mi
  • Hours trekking: 8-9 hours
  • Highlight: View of Everest and other peaks from Renjo La

October 2018 Female tourist hiking at Gokyo Ri mountain peak near Gokyo lake during Everest Base Camp trekking in Nepal

Looking back down towards Gokyo village

Today we tackle the third and final of the passes on our trek route! Renjo La (5,360 m) is not as high as the other two passes, and you might even see some locals with their yaks using the path. It's a very quiet pass in terms of trekkers.

To start, we leave Gokyo behind as we head west by walking along the northern shore of the lake. As we begin our climb up the pass, the view back to Gokyo and Ngozumpa Glacier is gorgeous, and just gets better the higher we climb. The terrain up Renjo La is rocky and uneven, making it another good day for trekking poles.

View of Everest from Renjo La

View of Everest from Renjo La

Needless to say, the views to both the east and the west upon summiting Renjo La are incredibly rewarding!

Descending the western side of the pass is a much steeper affair than its ascent. We head to Marulung for the night. This is one of relatively few settlements in this neck of the woods, as we're now trekking through a more sparsely populated section of Sagarmatha.

Day 16 – Trek to Namche Bazaar

  • Starting point: Marulung (4,210 m / 13,810 ft)
  • Hours trekking: 7-8 hours
  • Highlight: Passing through Thame

Pur. Bhote Kosi river valley, EBC trek, Nepal

We spend much of today walking alongside the Bhote Kosi

Today we trek alongside the Bhote Kosi. The valley starts out very steep and then widens further on. It's a quiet valley that's not as affected by tourism as some of the others in the region.

We pass through the pretty village of Thame, which was once home to the famous Sherpa mountaineers Tenzing Norgay and Apa Sherpa. Thame Monastery above the village is a must-see if there's time.

Thame village in Nepal

The village of Thame

We head back to Namche Bazaar, approaching it from the other direction to which we left it. The scenery is beautiful, as we walk a contour path along the northern bank of the Bhote Khosi, a tributary of the Dudh Khosi. Those who are lucky enough to be in Namche on a Saturday, can pay a visit to its market.

Day 17 – Trek to Lukla

  • Overnight: Lukla (2,860 m / 9,383 ft)
  • Distance trekked: 17.6 km / 10.7 mi

Namche Bazaar aerial view, Everest trek, Himalaya, Nepal daytime

Namche Bazaar feels almost like a metropolis after the past few days' adventure

On the outward journey we travelled from Lukla to Namche Bazaar over two days, stopping over in Phakding for a night. On the return route, we cover the same distance in one day, our lungs drinking in all that oxygen-rich air!

Sonam women trekking EBC trek

It's time to descend in altitude

Day 18 – Transfer to Kathmandu

  • Flight: Lukla to Manthali Aiport (15 min)
  • Drive: Ramechhap to Kathmandu (5 hr)
  • Overnight: Thamel district, Kathmandu

This morning we fly to Manthali Airport. You can expect beautiful scenery en route! It's just possible on the odd occasion that we can get a flight straight to Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport. But given the major construction going on at that airport at present, it's highly unlikely.

Women sit by a shrine in Kathmandu, Nepal

Women sitting in the shade of a shrine in Kathmandu

From Manthali in Ramechhap we drive to Kathmandu in our private vehicle, returning to the vibrant Thamel district.

Day 19 – Depart Kathmandu

Today is adieu and, hopefully, see you soon! We'll drive you to the airport, so no worries about logistics there.

That said, depending on your flight time, you could have a large chunk of the day to explore some more of Kathmandu – yay!

People street Kathmandu

The streets of Thamel are a world away from the quiet and solitude of Sagarmatha!

One idea if you have time today before your flight is to go on the heritage walk from Thamel that takes you to places tourists don't always see, like old streets, temples and markets. You can also visit Kathmandu Durbar Square, which is a UNESCO site for its historic temples, palaces and palace courtyards.

You might also like to pay a visit to Swayambhunath (also referred to as Monkey Temple), just west of the city on a hilltop. This ancient religious complex is an extremely important pilgrimage site for Tibetan Buddhists. It contains a large stupa, several shrines and temples, a monastery, and a museum. The name swayambhunath means 'sublime trees', and yes, there are a variety of lovely trees all over the complex to enjoy.

Swayambhunath (Monkey Temple) in Kathmandu

Three of the statues at the religious hilltop complex Swayambhunath

Something else you might like to consider is taking a cooking class at Nepal Cooking School . How awesome to go home and know how to reproduce a taste of the yummy Nepali food you've no doubt grown to love this past fortnight!

And that's the itinerary, folks!

If you loved reading about the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek but are a little uncertain about your own fitness to tackle it right now, why not take a look at the Annapurna Circuit ? It's a similarly spectacular multiday trek in Nepal, but just not quite as long and arduous. It could even be the perfect 'tester' for the EBC trek.

All that said, if you are feeling up to the challenge of the EBC and Three Passes trek, we'd love to chat and see if we can help you to make it happen! Just click on the contact button and drop us a line. 😀

Paradox Travel

Free travel itineraries, reviews and recommendations 

  • Jun 12, 2023
  • 22 min read

Nepal - 3 Passes trekking adventure

Updated: Mar 5

A 12-day travel itinerary with tips for the 3 Passes Trek and the Katmandu area

Nepal - 3 Passes Trek

Being active travel lovers who experience peace and awe in the mountains, Nepal has been on our 'bucket list' for more than 20 years. My husband, who is a professional photographer, suggested the trip when we first met. But understanding that it takes a time commitment and some financial investment for to get halfway around the globe, it took us a while to make it happen.

Neither of us are fans of busy trails and 'popular' places that get a lot of foot traffic or social media coverage. So we knew we did not want to do the traditional Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek. The growing popularity of this trek, combined with Nepal's need for income, has unfortunately left the Everest area crowded and littered with garbage. The sheer numbers of visitors to this particular area has not only made it more dangerous to climbers, but it has become a definite 'no-interest' zone for us. So we selected the 3 Passes Trek instead, as our introduction to this country - a notoriously gorgeous but tough route through parts of Sargamatha National Park, which also included some amazing views of Everest.

So this itinerary represents what we call 'hybrid travel' – where we mix an active, outdoor adventure and simple accommodations with a dash of 'reward' in the form of a more luxurious resort stay and a few fabulous meals at the end. This post is for those travelers who enjoy both local guesthouses and simple living, as well as an occasional luxury lodge and elevated experience along the way. Three weeks is really not enough time to see all that Nepal has to offer. But we managed to get a sampling of the diversity this country has to offer. And it's one that has us already planning to go back.

So let's check out Nepal!

NOTE - If you're interested in reading about how this trip highlighted 3 key factors that influence our Emotional Development, check out this post from my other website.

woman hiking the 3 Passes Trek, Nepal

My husband researched a lot of different companies and selected Mountain Monarch . And they exceeded our expectations. You can read my review on Trip Advisor to learn more about our experience. And you can get more information about the many guided hikes they offer from their website This company was timely, responsive and professional. Their prices were reasonable even for the private tour we did. We appreciated their "1 Porter to 1 Hiker' responsible trekking policy and how much they focused on client safety and experience satisfaction. And they were extremely flexible with our plans. The 3 Passes Trek is designed to take 16 days, including appropriate days to safely acclimate at different altitudes. But the owner was willing to customize a trip that would meet our need to limit our days on trail to twelve. Of course, do your own research and see what meets your needs. But if you select this company, you won't be disappointed in their service or the expertise.

Terraces Resort and Spa - Nepal

The Leisure

As a rejuvenating reward after our trek and as counter-balance to not washing my hair for 12 days, we retreated for three nights to the marvelous Terraces Resort and Spa . Although there are many luxury hotels within Katmandu, we purposely wanted to escape the air, traffic and noise of the city. We had already done a day-tour of a few historic areas before our trek. Terraces is a modern-style gem that is a 45-minute bumpy-road drive from Katmandu. And it was a welcome and quiet respite from the busy streets of the city. The decor was modern, the food was delicious and our stay included breakfast each day - either 'English style', 'Indian Style' or both ( which we did one morning ). Whether you eat in your room or in the restaurant, the menu was the same. Room service was no extra charge and neither was the stocked mini-fridge that was refilled each day. The infinity pool area was gorgeous, complete with cabana-style day beds and a view of the city. A beautiful spa, a large koi pond and dedicated outdoor meditation areas all contributed to zen-like, tranquil atmosphere. The service was attentive and because we were traveling in 'shoulder season', we had the place to pretty much to ourselves, yet the service was the same as if the resort was fully booked. Transportation to/from resort is an extra charge (~$70 USD each way) but can be arranged through the resort.

Click here for more luxury hotel options outside Katmandu

Click here for more luxury hotel options within the city of katmandu.

mountain village in Nepal

How to Connect

Nepal is an extremely impoverished country and one of the best ways to support them is through using local guide and porter services when you travel there. If you'd like to contribute in a more extensive way, organizations like the Help Nepal and Cleanup Nepal provide quality education to children in remote villages, as well as help educate the public on how to responsibly manage waste and sustainably improve the quality of their air, water and land.

Trip Rating - L3 English is spoken by many guides and employees of the larger hotels and restaurants in the city. The further you get into the mountains, the more you'll hear Nepalese as the primary spoken language. But menus at teahouses were in English. The cleanliness and 'style' of public restrooms may be different than what you are used to where you live. Have patience and compassion. Realize, that in a highly impoverished area, they are providing what they can. So carry hand sanitizer, and be prepared to use Nepalese 'squatty-potties' in most villages. Some teahouses did have 'western' style toilets with elevated seats. But you must bring your own toilet paper or pack of tissues with you. None is provided. The food, is mostly comprised of familiar ingredients such as rice, noodles, chicken, eggs, fresh vegetables and a wide range of potatoes. And you will also have opportunity to try yak cheese and yak burgers, as well as Dahl Bhat - the standard ( and recommended ) meal of Nepalese guides and porters while acclimating. As for safety, we stayed in the tourist region of Katmandu. Although we didn't feel as if we'd be robbed, the danger lies in just walking around the streets! There are no sidewalks and no traffic lanes. Traffic is chaotic and there are no stop signs, few lights and the roundabouts often have traffic going in multiple directions. The air quality was so bad in Katmandu that I had to wear a mask just to walk to dinner without feeling the impact. I strongly recommend hiring a driver-guide if you want to tour the city.

Nepalese tea house in Nepal

Length of trip - 20 days total: 12 days trekking, 4 days total in Katmandu, plus 2 days each way flying to/from Los Angeles, USA.

Month of Travel - April 30th-May 20th. We initially thought this was 'prime' season. But now, because climate change is affecting monsoon season, April and October are now 'prime' season, and will see the most travelers. When we were there, it was really quiet with very few people at the high-mountain teahouses. We actually enjoyed this because it allowed us to 'upgrade' our rooms on occasion, more easily. In high season, teahouses are booked solid several months in advance by the guides, which doesn't leave room for any last minute modifications to your plan or route.

Physical training - the most frequent question I get asked is regarding how to train in order to trek in Nepal. First let me say that not all trekking routes are as difficult as the 3 Passes Trek. So do some research and ask a lot of questions of your potential guide service to be clear on the distances, elevation gain and terrain profile. That way you understand how 'steep' the terrain is. That being said, if you want to do this same route, my best suggestion is to have a baseline fitness already (so not 'off the couch') and climb a lot of stairs - like at the gym on a machine, or on bleachers in a local sports stadium - and do so with a loaded backpack. Although you may hire porters to carry your heavy packs like we did, if you don't live at high altitude, you need to do something to train for the cardio-vascular intensity that moving at high altitude demands. We are also runners. So this helped as well. But fitness aside, you need to go into this trek with an attitude of patience, and respect for both nature and the human body. Its needs to adapt slowly. And a good local guide will make sure you do that. We saw many very fit and athletic trekkers who relied on their physical fitness and under-estimated the time it takes even a fit body, to acclimate physiologically. And some of those very fit, athletic trekkers were very ill, and didn't look like they were enjoying themselves much. A ltitude sickness is no joke. It's not uncommon for trekkers to come half way across the world and then have to chopper back to Katmandu early in their adventure. So not trying to scare you, just keeping it real. Get in some basic shape. Plan to hike slower than you probably have before. And listen to your guides advice when he/she suggests staying an extra night in a certain village to acclimate.

happy couple hiking by blue lake

The Details

Arriving in Nepal - Flights - We took a direct, 16-hour flight from LAX to Doha on Qatar Airlines. Then a 5-hour flight on Qatar from Doha to Katmandu. (Terrific airline, by the way) To get to Lukla to start trekking, you now need to fly from Ramechhap, which is a 4-hour drive from Katmandu. Airline options from Ramechhap to Lukla include Summit Air , Tara Air and Sita Air .

NOTE - Unless you're on a private charter, there are currently no more public flights from Katmandu to Lukla during peak season. Our guide service included the 4-hour drive and then the 20-minute flight from Ramechhap to Lukla

Ground transportation - Our guide service met us at the airport and drove us to a local hotel they arranged. I don't recommend renting a car in Katmandu. It's quite a chaotic city when it comes to ground transportation. Our guided service included Jeep transportation to/from the airport as well as to/from Ramechhap.

NOTE - As of April 1, 2023 foreign tourists traveling to Nepal must hire a licensed guide before trekking through the country’s wilderness. Although there are various interpretations of how that will be applied and enforced in the Everest region and the National Park areas, we actually enjoyed the relaxed, 'non-thinking' effect of having a local guide lead the route, and select our teahouses. To us, it was worth paying for. Plus we see it as a way to help the local economy.

Katmandu airport, Nepal

Day 1 - Katmandu arrival - (4,344 ft / 1,324 meters in elevation )

We arrived in Katmandu around 11am and easily found our driver waiting outside with a named sign. We transferred to a local hotel in the tourist district and settled into our room. Our trip leader and driver returned later that afternoon to deliver the duffle bags we'd be using on the trek, talk us through the next few days schedule, and make some recommendations for dinner.

Accommodation - Harati Manor

Food/dining suggestions - ask your guide or the hotel owner. But I highly suggest you save your more 'adventuresome' dining until after your trek. Stick to vegetarian and more familiar foods, avoid too much cheese or dairy - they are harder to digest as your body is adjusting to altitude. Keep is simple. TIP - Always use hand sanitizer (carry with you) and boil your water before drinking it or use bottled water. I hated using plastic bottles. So I used my Nalgene as often as I could or used the plastic ones I purchased several times. I just used the electric kettle in the room and refilled bottles once it cooled.

Click here for other moderate hotel options in Katmandu

Buddhist stupa

Day 2 - Katmandu city tour

Today, as part of guided trekking package with Mountain Monarch, we had a driver and English-speaking guide take us to two different historical areas: the Pashupatinath Hindu temple and Boudhanath Buddhist Stupa - a UNESCO World Heritage site. We also were treated to a traditional Nepalese meal at Gokarna House restaurant.

NOTE - Our hotel was willing to hold any luggage we weren't taking with us in the trek. We would pick it up on the return.

Lukla airport, Nepal

Day 3 - Flight to Lukla, (9,334 ft/ 2,845 meters ) ... followed by trek to Phakding

(8,563 feet / 2,610 meters .)

This was a loooong day, as the drive to Ramechhap started at 2:30am! But after a 4-hour bumpy van ride, we arrived to catch an early flight to Lukla. Our guides and porters were waiting for us there, ready for our first trekking section. Our porters left to get ahead of us on trail, while our guide ate breakfast with us and talked about that day's 3-4 hour downhill trek to Phakding. It rained our entire first day. But our guide provided waterproof ponchos, which covered our packs nicely.

NOTE - for the Lukla flight, there is a combined weight limit of ~33 lbs (15 kg) between your checked duffle and carry on bag. So think carefully about how much heavy camera equipment you want to bring. They will weigh everything. One advantage of hiring a guide service is they often provide a warm sleeping bag, liner and microspikes (Yak Trax) - so we didn't need to waste weight on that. So ask about this. Also, you will most likely be passing through Namche Bazaar at the beginning and of your trek, and you can rent needed equipment there. I just recommend bringing your own sleeping bag liner and maybe your own pillow/pillowcase.

Accommodation - Snowland Hotel & Restaurant

Mna with white backpack hiking towards village

Day 4 - Hike to Namche (11,286 ft / 3,440 metres )

The next days hike was beautiful but steep! We went over 5 suspension bridges and the last climb up into Namche was a long series of steep , rocky steps. Our guide showed us a lesser know off-shoot from the trail where we got our first, distant view of Everest. Namche is a bustling place and the start/end point for many treks, including those planning to climb Everest. You can purchase or rent pretty much anything here, including famous brand 'knock-off' gear at lower prices. Our trekking plan included staying here 2 nights to acclimate.

Accommodation (2 nights) - AD Friendship Lodge

Man in blue shirt and backpack looking at mountain

Day 5 - Acclimatization hike to Everest View Hotel (Namche)

Today, as a way to acclimate, we hiked to the Everest View Hotel . A steep local hike that not only helped us acclimate faster but resulted in a fabulous view point to enjoy some late morning tea. The views en route were also incredible. Although the title may be deceiving, this blog post from my other website will describe why it's better to be active while acclimating, than to just sit around doing nothing.

Exploration recommendation - if you are into yoga, there is an amazing retreat center / hotel right on the trail to Everest View hotel called Sherpa Panorama Hotel . They were offering hourly yoga sessions ($7 USD) that were open to the public. If I had known ahead of time, I would have asked our guide to help us plan to add this to our day.

house with blue roof and rock fence

Day 6 - Hike to Thame (12,533 ft / 3820 metres )

NOTE - We did the 3 Passes Trek in the reverse direction (clockwise) than most trekkers do. And here's why we we were glad we took our guides recommendation on this. First, there were far less people , which added to our experience. Second, although the approach over each pass was steeper / harder than going in the typical counter-clockwise direction, we felt the forward-facing views were much better. Third, there are many more village options for gradual acclimatization and/or emergency evacuation if (hopefully not) needed. This village (Thame) was so beautiful. We were so glad we stayed a night here to acclimate, even though it was only a short days hike from Namche. Hikers going the opposite direction skipped it, as they were going downhill and more interested in getting back to Namche.

Exploration recommendation - if you have time, go walk around this beautiful village. The views are incredible. There's a trail behind the village that leads to a small stupa and a great lookout.

Accommodation - Paradise Lodge

Yak train in Nepal - Nic Stover Photography

Day 7 - Hike to Lungdon (14,268 ft / 4349 metres )

This day's trek was fairly easy in sections, again with great views. We stopped for lunch en route at Riverside Lodge teahouse. It initially looked deserted. But we were served up some tasty noodle and rice dishes. We even got to watch a yak train go by as we were eating. Lungdon village was almost 2,000 ft higher than Thame, so our plan was to stay here two nights to acclimate. We saw some trekkers who only stayed one night before going over Renjo-La Pass the next day. They didn't fare as well. Unless you are very confident in high altitude activity, stay the extra night.

Accommodation - 3 Pass G.H (guesthouse)

man hiking on mountain trail

Day 8 - Acclimatization hike around Lungdon

This morning we spent 3-4 hours hiking up towards the pass we would climb over the next day as sort of 'practice'. Although we repeated it the next morning, I was glad I did it this day, because I quickly came to realize and accept how slow the next day's hike would be at this altitude. Oi. If you don't know what a 'rest-step' is yet, learn it in this short video . You will put it to good use.

rock cairn and mountain peak

Day 9 - Renjo-La Pass and onto Gokyo - (17,536 feet / 5345 metres at pass. 15,583 ft / 4,750 metres in Gokyo)

This morning started at 5am and it was COLD! Be prepared to start out in down pants and jacket, full gloves and beanie. The sun was a welcome comfort when it finally came up. As we neared the pass, we donned our micro-spikes for better traction in the snow. The views looking back were incredible. So when you stop to rest look where you came from! As hard as the final push was for me, the moment I saw the view from the pass looking towards Gokyo, I was awestruck, my eyes got a little teary and my suffering was immediately relieved. If you get clear weather, pack a lunch and enjoy the view. It's one of THE best views of all 3 Passes.

NOTE - Our hotel in Gokyo wasn't very busy when we were there. So we opted to upgrade our room to one that had an en suite bathroom, memory foam mattress, flannel sheets, our own charging outlet (!), double-pained windows and carpeted floors. Which meant the room was warmer and a lot quieter. Plus it had a lake view and we even got a short, solar-heated shower! ( I still didn't wash my hair. But it was a nice, warm 'rinse'.) Room upgrade was from ~ $7 USD to ~$20 USD per night.

Accommodations - Fitzroy Inn (2 nights)

Buddhist prayer flags and mountain peak

Day 10 - Acclimatization hike to Goyko-Ri (17,575 ft / 5,357 metres)

My husband had been tracking the weather forecast over the last few days and we knew in advance that snow and crappy weather was in our future. So we made the decision to bypass the last pass (Kongma-La) on this trek and spend another day in the Gokyo area since the weather was great at the time we were there. That meant we also were willing to pay for a chopper out of the valley 2 days later, so we could make it back to Katmandu on time for our other plans and flights.

The next morning, as tired as my legs were from the previous days hike, I had to see the views from this local summit. Especially because it was another clear day! We talked to some hikers who got up at 3am to hike up to see sunrise. The experience got mixed reviews. Having been so cold in the previous days pre-dawn hours, I was not interested in doing that at all. But we did leave at 7am. This hike is one of THE steepest I've ever done. It covered 1900' in only 1.15 mile! Even as fit hikers, it took us 2 hours to cover that mile and get to the top. But once there, the views were as fabulous as Renjo-la Pass, and included the Everest Massif (which is the surrounding range with 2 more of the world's highest peaks in sight ). Breakfast, when we returned, never tasted so good. And they served real Americano coffee. Heaven.

woman hiking in orange pants with green lake behind her

Day 11 - Hike over the glacier to Dragnah ( 15,420 ft / 4,700 metres )

Today was a relative 'rest day' and the hike was pretty easy, although a bit technical at times. We trekked over the glacier in the Everest Massif photo above, winding in and around pools of melting ice. I was grateful for this shorter day. Tomorrow was Chola Pass and another early start.

Accommodations - Mountain Paradise lodge/teahouse

Couple at top of Chola Pass, Nepal

Day 12 - Chola Pass and then Dzongla ( 17,782 ft/ 5,420 metres at pass. 15,846 ft / 4,830 metres in Dzongla )

Another 5am start today. But I was getting the hang of it now. And I got smart and went to bed wearing my hiking clothes for the next day! This pass was tough as well. And coming from the clockwise direction, we encountered cable-assist on the way UP to the summit, which I thought was more helpful than using it to go down (if we had done the more traditional direction). The first part of the hike was as expected. The last section was more physical in nature and required some scrambling and bouldering with cable-assist. I was extremely grateful for our porters that day and that I didn't have to carry a heavy backpack. The view was beautiful of course. But I really enjoyed covering the massive snowfield on the way down. It felt like we were on the moon! And we were constantly in view of Lhotse and Ama Dablam - two of the most impressive peaks in the area.

Accommodations - Hotel Zongla Inn and restaurant

Nepal - 3 Passes Trek

Day 13 - Hike to Dingboche (14,470 ft / 4,410 metres in elevation )

Today's hike was downhill and through a long beautiful valley. We stopped for tea at a location where we could see the 'masses' who were making their way up to Everest Base Camp, pass by. It only affirmed our choice. I'm not knocking those who choose to do it. Everest Base Camp is quite a feat in itself. Crowds just are not our style.

The decision we made in Gokyo to cut the last pass out of our plans, was a good one. The storm clouds started forming as we made our way down valley. And as we were post-lunch napping, it started to snow. And then hail. When we woke up, the ground was covered and the visibility no more than a few hundred feet.

helicopter

Day 14 - Chopper back to Katmandu

We were a bit disappointed by the sudden shift in weather. We were hoping to do a local hike in the Dingboche area on this day, But that is the risk anyone takes when trekking in the mountains. The visibility that day was really inconsistent. So when our guide asked up if were interested in getting a chopper out a day early, we jumped at the opportunity.

NOTE - Chopper 'taxi's' in the area are typically booked in advance during high season or are busy with evacuations. We were able to get one with shorter notice because it was 'shoulder' season and more were available. We still has to wait until the weather cleared enough for them to land and take off. And we had to be ready within a 10-15 minutes notice. Although it wasn't cheap, it was worth it for us to cut out the last 2 days of hiking back to Namche and then Lukla, and bypassing that bumpy car ride between Ramchhap and Katmandu.

Terraces Resort, Nepal

Day 15-18 - Terraces Resort and Spa

Our guide service picked us up at the Katmandu heliport and drove us to our final destination. We spent our last 3 nights relaxing around the pool, sleeping in, and even treating ourselves to a massage.

happy hikers in Nepal

Day 18 - Heading back home

Flight - Katmandu to Doha, the Doha to Los Angeles, CA

I hope the details and photos in this itinerary inspire you to get out and explore Nepal! We really felt it was a trip of a lifetime, and plan to go back to trek the Annapurna area in the next few years. Below are some of the FAQ's I've been emailed, as well as some packing ideas. But feel free to email me at [email protected] for any other questions you may have. If you'd like to see more photos from our experience, you can see them either on the Paradox Travel Facebook page , or check out my husband's professional photos in the Portfolio-Nepal section of Nic Stover Photography.

Cheers! And happy travels!

Yak train, Nepal

What was the deciding factor on choosing May? Initially May and October have always been touted as prime season - October supposedly can be colder and May still being 'Summer'. However, as we found out from the locals while there, weather patterns have changed and the rainy season is starting earlier each year. So now APRIL is really prime season. HOWEVER - this also means you will see far more crowds/people on the trail. Now, some people like this. It also means the tea houses are a bit more lively. But we actually found that coming in EARLY MAY was sort of a shoulder season, that had fewer people and when we came to villages there was far more rooms available. Although our guide reserved our rooms ahead of time, this time of year was easier to 'upgrade' if we wanted to, when we wanted to - which we did when we wanted a room with private toilet etc. In April, those types rooms are probably booked in advance. So it's up to you - April or EARLY May and October are supposedly best seasons (we already had plans in October). Keep in mind, there's no guarantee on mountain weather. You may get caught in rain whenever you go. We ran into people who had been trekking the entire month of April and then got caught in a random whiteout snowstorm at higher elevations - even in April . So plan some flexibility in your schedule if you can. We modified our plans mid-trek, but it was much easier to do when we went, than it would have been 2-3 weeks earlier.

How did you select the tour company Mountain Monarch? My husband found them years ago on Trip Advisor. They get great reviews. You can see my review here . Plus we like their Responsible Trekking 1 trekker to 1 porter policy (some companies have 1 porter carry 2 loads ) And we liked their emphasis on safety.

What made you decide on the reverse (clockwise) route, rather than the more traditional (counter-clockwise) route for the Three Passes? It was suggested by MM. Plus my husband had already scouted the Gokyo area and knew he wanted to spend more time there. The climbs are steeper going the clockwise direction. I won't lie. But I personally think the views have more of a 'wow' factor going this way. Obviously, it's the same views in the opposite direction. But few people remember to look backwards when they are hiking and often miss it. The other reason I sense MM chooses this way is it's a more gradual acclimation, with some beautiful villages en route. This route also provides more options, more frequent 'outs' if your body doesn't acclimate well and you need to chopper back to Lukla. That does happen. This direction, we had plenty of time (especially when we stayed 2 nights somewhere ) to slowly acclimate.

How far in advance did you plan your trip? We began conversing with Pradip ( MM owner) early to ask questions. The typical 3 Passes Trek is 16 days. We only had 12 days available to trek and wanted to modify the last part of it. Once we nailed down the month, we booked flights before the holidays and I think put a deposit down the previous Fall.

One of your Facebook photo descriptions said you have 57 year old knees, is that true? My husband and I are 58 and we’d love to take a trip to Nepal. Can older people do this trek? Yes, I am 57. My husband is 46. We saw others on trail in their late 50's and early 60's as well. Some with their college age kids, others solo. Overall health and fitness more than age, is really what counts. And there are many trekking routes in Nepal to choose from. This one we did was one of the most difficult. But there are many beautiful routes to check out.

How fit do I need to be to do this trek?

Having a baseline fitness level, with no heart, lung or orthopedic issues definitely helps, especially on this particular trek ( "3 Passes" ). And having some experience walking at altitude also works in your favor. I had experience with this and was familiar with how it feels to walk slowly, be reasonably short of breath while moving and knew my body signs when I needed to rest. Fitness does help. But it's no guarantee when it comes to altitude. We met some very 'athlete-type-fit' people who under-estimated the altitude and rushed through acclimatizing and were very sick. So in a way, if you have a baseline healthy fitness can walk slowly for 5-7 hours a day, you may do better than if you were a triathlete! Also, realize there are many ways to see the Himalayas and experience the Nepalese culture. Some treks in Nepal are not quite as difficult as this one.

Did you take any herbal remedies or medications for altitude on this trip?

I experimented with taken chlorophyll on our last high-altitude trip in Peru and didn't have any problems or side effects. So I used it again for this trip. I start taking it 3 weeks before I leave home. Does it make a difference? I honestly don't know. But it doesn't hurt me. (It makes your poop a funny color though, so don't panic). I'd ask your medical professional about it first. As for taking Diamox , we bring it with us , but don't use it unless we absolutely have to. We have not ever needed to take it. Again, I can't really make a recommendation on this as everyone is so different. My husband doesn't take anything extra, and acclimates just fine if he does it slowly. I would recommend asking your doctor for Ciproflaxin to take with you on the trip, in case you pick up any intestinal bug. Namche and Gokyo each have medical clinics. If you're interested in reading more about how our brains and bodies adjust to altitude, check out this post from my other website.

How did you train for the trip? Did you do anything in particular that helped you physically prepare? Because we live at sea level, we needed to find other ways to simulate the effort of altitude. We ran and hiked hills with loaded backpacks. If you have access to a gym, using a stepper machine or one of those that look like a revolving staircase would be great. And if you can do it with a loaded day pack, even better. Also climbing both UP and DOWN stairs anywhere you can find them (school bleachers?). There are a LOT of stone steps especially between Lukla and Namche. You need to be comfortable walking 5-8 hours a day.

Is there anything you wish you’d taken with you that you didn’t pack? Not really, as we have a variety of gear and knew from experience what we could get away with. And we know how to dress in layers. If your hands get cold easily like mine do, invest in a good pair of mittens or gloves, or bring those little hand warmers. The key is to plan for layers you can use repeatedly a nd in different combinations. Treat your hiking clothes like a 'uniform' you wear repeatedly each day. I brought changes of underwear, and socks that I tuned inside-out and re-used. You can save weight by not over-packing camera gear or renting sleeping bags and micro-spikes in Namche. Some guide services provide bags and spikes. Ours did. Key pieces to pack: Down jacket, rain jacket/ wind breaker, warm gloves or mittens, fleece beanie, Buff-style neck gaiter, first layer synthetic, second layer wool-blend/Smartwool top, trekking tights or pants with cargo pockets, rain pants, down pants (or buy a cheap knock-off pair in Namche), smart-wool socks, trekking poles (can rent there too) waterproof/resistant hiking shoes or boots . Then pack ONE outfit and slippers/flip-flops for wearing around the teahouse. And then reuse everything. You don't sweat a lot because you're moving so slowly.

Did you have high altitude experience before this trip? Yes, see above. As you can see from other itineraries, we've hiked in Peru, Bolivia, Italy, Ecuador and many mountain areas in the USA. Granted, more often it was between 12-14,000'. This was the most extended time I've spent over 14k and the highest I'd had gone over a pass. I won't lie. It's tough. It takes a willingness to let go of what you believe 'hiking' should feel and look like. Sometimes it took us 3-4 hours to go 2 miles. It's a slow process for us lower-land peeps to work through terrain like this! So you have to go at it with a lot of patience and body tolerance to be on your feet for a while. Trekking poles and good hiking shoes help a lot.

Feel free to check out some of our other travel itineraries

From all other world (as well as another area   where i love to give a lot of free stuff away), if you like van-camping, check out some of the cool road trips we've done in our sprinter van ,   are you a photographer looking to hone your skills my husband's a pro and hosts affordable online classes  as well as a terrific speaker series  with tips from other world-class professionals that will enhance you skill and creativity., check it out.

  • Epic Journeys

Recent Posts

Peru in 10 days - a hybrid itinerary for active travelers

Trekking in the Dolomites - a 7 day self-guided travel itinerary

The Chilean Atacama Desert and the Bolivian Altaplano - a 10 day hybrid travel itinerary

Nest Adventure

Trip Advisor Awards

3 passes trek clockwise

Email Support

3 passes trek clockwise

24/7 Phone Support

Everest three passes trek.

The Everest Three Passes Trek  in the Everest Region of Nepal has become more popular after being featured by many international sites and magazines (such as the New York Times ). It is one of the less crowded and off the beaten track treks in the Khumbu Region.  Many travelers hike the Everest Base Camp (EBC) every day while very few hikers choose the three passes route.

The Three Passes Trek is a high altitude circuit trail that goes through three of the highest valleys in Nepal and at times intersects with the standard EBC route.   More information regarding this route is provided below.

Why the Everest Three PassesTrek?

The three pass circuit trail in the Everest Region includes some of the major destinations such as  Everest Base Camp , Gokyo Lake, Gokyo Ri, Kalapatthar, KhongmalaPass, Chola Pass, and Ranjola Pass.  So you will see the same places as on the standard EBC trail, but with many additional bonuses!

  • It is remote and off-the-beaten-path. Only 5-10% of the 30,000 EBC trekkers follow the Everest Three Pass Trek. So you can enjoy the scenery without too many tourists!
  • On this trail, expect to be surrounded by four of the highest mountains in the world including Mt. Everest.  Not to mention, that the three high passes are all above 5,000m.  Very few places on this earth have these combinations!
  • The Three PassesTrek offers a lot more side-trips than any other trail. You can spend more than 3 weeks and venture into different places.
  • It is the only trail in the entire Khumbu Region that follows a circuit.  Unlike the Everest Base Camp classical trail, every day is a new trail as you make a loop on this trek.
  • It is part of The Great Himalayan Trail (GHT).  The Three Pass Trek is one of the major parts of The Great Himalayan Trail. The GHT is a single long-distance trekking trail from east to west across Nepal and includes roughly 1,700 km of hiking paths. Check out this cool short video from Luca and Liz.

Where does the Everest Three PassesTrek start from?

This trek starts from Lukla (you will need to fly from Kathmandu to Lukla), a small mountain village with a small local airport.  Statistically speaking Lukla airport and the flight itself is the most dangerous flight and airport in the world.  This is because of the weather, altitude, and size and location of the airstrip for landing. But don’t worry, this is the usual jump-off point for any Everesttreks and climbs and most survived it! After two or three days of following the classical EBC trail from Lukla to Namche, the three-passes trek takes you to Thame or Dingboche, depending on the route you decide to take.

How many days will this take?

For a hiker with some basic trekking experience, this can be completed in about 3 weeks, or roughly 20 to 21 days.

Which route should be taken?

Everest Three Passes Trek

There are a number of options to take but it is best to do is to follow the trail that goes gradually. In fact, the three passes trek, well known for off the beaten path in the Everest region.  The routes (from Namche to Thame is the clockwise route) take you to the first high-pass in just two days.  This could be risky given that the altitude of these passes is above 5000m. If you to choose the first clockwise usual route, It is highly recommended to have one acclimatization day in Mirlung. Although some travel bloggers posted some information without rest day which I personally see as adding risk for not having a rest day.

Therefore, I always suggest trekkers take the other road from Namche, or as others refer to it, the counter-clockwise route. On this route, you follow the classical EBC trail all the way to Dingboche, and then from there take the trail that goes to the first pass, Khongma-la.  This is a good route for acclimatization and to avoid altitude sickness.  The Everest Region actually has the highest probability of experiencing mountain sickness.  So we advise you to take as many side trips as you can to make sure you complete your trek safely.

How difficult is the ThreePasses Trek?

The difficulty level of three passes trek is graded 9 out of 10 .   So it is not an easy trek. The challenge for the classical Everest Base Camp route is altitude sickness.  For the Three Passes Trek, however, you also need to be mindful of the constant weather change and be prepared to walk on a melting glacier or fallen rocks.

While it is an amazing experience, there are also some perils along the way, and it is important that all trekkers are aware of this.  Altitude sickness and getting lost in the high passes due to the constantly changing weather are two of the most common risks, but these can be mitigated by:-

  • Follow the proper itinerary, which includes enough acclimatization days
  • Cover the right amount of distance and elevation each day.  Elevation changes should not be more than 400-500 meters each day.
  • Always check the weather forecast.
  • Choose the right trekking gear for you and which is good enough for this trek
  • Give yourself some training before embarking on the trail.  Even regular basic exercise like swimming, yoga, aerobics, and running makes your breathing in high-altitude mountains easier and also helps with blood circulation.

When is the best time for the Three Passes Trek?

Time is crucial for this trek.  Due to the high passes, the weather might be challenging.  Trekking in the perfect season with perfect weather is the success behind this trek. Typically there are two best seasons throughout the year which are considered safer.

High season (September to November and March to May)

During the period from September to November, Nepal offers a clear cloudless sky against which you can see stunning views of the Himalayas from any corner of the country. For this trek, I would recommend a slightly different window from mid-October till mid-December.  Although all available online reference suggests from September to November is best, from my experience in the past couple of years the monsoon has continued until the second or third week of September. So this could be challenging for someone traveling in a short time frame as the Lukla flights are always uncertain due to weather, particularly during the monsoon.

Read more:  Everest Base Camp Trek Best Time  of the Year 

Can travelers hike the Everest Three Passes independently?

The short answer is YES! You can do this trek alone or independently in a group without a guide. As a matter of fact, there are a lot of independent trekkers on the EBC classical route. However, on the three pass trail, you will find very few people trekking without a local guide. Mainly because of the constant change in weather conditions and the fact the trail goes through a moving glacier. That means every day the trails near the glacier could be wiped out!

The trail between Chukung and Labouche on the way to the first pass is the most dangerous. According to reports, the glacier in this area moves faster than usual.  We advise that you gather as much information from locals before you go for the first pass. Do not forget to bring your own GPS device and follow the track as you walk.

Overall, despite the fact that technically you can trek the Three Passes alone, we suggest no one ever treks alone in the Himalayas where even a simple incident can be life-threatening if you are alone.

How much does it cost?

This is probably the most common question from a hiker. The answer depends on which company you hire and what service you have chosen. There are many quotations available online, however, let me break it down to a fair price so you have an idea of how much to spend and you will know if other companies are charging you the right price:

  • Experienced English-speaking licensed guide – USD 22-25 per day
  • Round trip flight from Kathmandu to Lukla – USD 177 each way or USD 354 return
  • Flight cost for the guide – USD 60 each way or USD 120 return
  • National Park fee and TIMS card – USD 45 per person
  • Food (breakfast, lunch, and dinner) – USD 18-20 per day (excluding soft drinks, alcohol, desserts, snacks)
  • Accommodation – USD 3-5 per night

The cost breakdown above may vary depending on the company you choose. An international company definitely would charge three times more than a local company. For first-time travelers, you may normally go with the international agencies because of their branding and your confidence level regarding safety issues. However, I assure you that local agencies in Nepal can deliver perfect service and the same level of quality at a fraction of the price.  It actually doesn’t matter whether you go with the more expensive or the cheaper ones, as everyone sleeps in the same category as teahouses.  There is no such thing as a 5-star teahouse in the mountain regions.  In addition, there is the same quality and choice of meals for everyone in the mountain.

How to find a local inexpensive but good company in Nepal?

Here are some tips on how to find a suitable travel company for your next adventure . Some of my suggestions below could save you a couple of hundred dollars but you will still end up with the best service. At the same time even if you choose to go with big brother (expensive company) you should make sure that the company you choose has all of this!

  • Look for a company that is not on the top advertising section page of Google.  Because these companies would pass on the cost of advertisements to clients.
  • Check and look at companies that are listed on the second or third page of Google, as local companies in Nepal do not have enough resources or finance to compete with large international travel companies who may appear on the first page of Google.
  • Avoid third party booking agencies  as it is likely the local travel companies are required to pay at least 15%-30% commission to these third-party websites.
  • Look for a company’s legal document page to make sure they are registered and appropriately licensed by the Nepal Government.
  • Check what other travelers say about the company such as on Tripadvisor .  These are independent reviews done by clients and verified by Tripadvisor so you can be sure of the type of service these companies are capable of.  If they treat 90% of their clients well, chances are, you will experience the same service.
  • Check with a local company if their guide has a license, first aid and high altitude training , insurance, and accompanied with the right hiking gear.
  • Check with a company if they are concerned about your safety . If they have proper contracting and a good relationship with a helicopter rescue company and approved international hospital in Nepal.  You may not need this service, but in emergency situations, this is VERY important.
  • Before your guide calls the helicopter company makes sure the company provides a Plush Oximeter. This device will help to track if your body has acclimatized or not.  Do you really need to cancel this trip in the middle and go to the hospital? By keeping track of your blood oxygen levels and blood pressure, you can also monitor and act at the first signs of altitude sickness . Nest Adventure has this device for all high altitude treks.
  • Compare prices with a few other companies so you know you are getting a good deal. At the same time do not go with too low or too high a price. Stay with a medium one.
  • A local company would appreciate it if you write a positive review or recommendation in travel forums or websites.  You may get a discount for you and your friends!
  • Make it easy and safe with payment gateways like Paypal e-transfer etc. Do not pay 100% in advance. However, most of the companies require at least some percentage of the total amount as a booking confirmation.
  • Agree to meet with the guide prior to departure so you get an idea as to the level of his experience and whether you are compatible or not.
  • Bring cash instead of paying by card. You will save 4.2% if you pay in cash
  • If you would like to know more about our company contact us at [email protected]

EBC is the most famous base camp trek in Nepal, but you do not have to follow the classical trail like the other 30,000 travelers.   Instead, take the Everest Three Pass Trek trail for a different  Everest adventure and authentic Everest experience.  This is definitely not an easy trek, so you need to be extra cautious and prepare your body and mind for this adventure. Trust me, while it is difficult it is definitely worth it.  This is the ultimate trek for those wishing to experience an off-the-beaten version of EBC. If you want to know more please contact us . If you enjoyed reading this article, don’t forget to rate us below. Or if you have any questions, please leave a comment below.

NEST Adventure Article Rating

Rajendra Khanal (Raj)

Born and raised in Gorkha, Nepal, I am proud to call the  Manaslu region my home! I have been in the travel business for over a decade from being assistance guide, leader, to being a manager. And finally today I am the founder of NEST Adventure. So you could say I know my way well enough in the Himalayas, especially in some of the off-the-beaten-trails in Nepal like Manaslu,  Kanchenjunga  and  Mustang !

I am passionate about travelling and I strongly believe that seeing the world shouldn't break the bank (at least not too much!). I have backpacked to over 15 countries in Asia, Central America, USA, Canada, one-third of Europe, the Caribbean Islands, and Latin America.

I studied in the UK and moved to the United States. During that period, I had the opportunity of working with multinational companies which taught me how to deliver quality customer service in the business. As a world travelling backpacker myself , and travel expert for the Nepalese Himalayas, I started writing about my own country. Which I would love to share with you. In case you required free information about Nepal or join a group with our existing departure, ( particularly If you are a solo hiker for the restricted area ) please do not hesitate to visit my office in Thamel. We are located in the centre of Kathmandu called Thamel. I am happy to share a cup of Nepali tea and free information .

Our team at NEST has earned  5/5 star ratings on TripAdvisor.  Don't forget to visit our customer feedback page on TripAdvisor . If you believe our expert team can be helpful in planning your next trip to Nepal, then please do not hesitate to  contact me at [email protected] . I am also available 24x7 on WhatsApp  +977- 9851052042 . If you are interested to know more about my travel journey follow me on   Facebook ,  Twitter , and  Instagram .

Recommended Articles

Three pass trek vs everest base camp.

Everest Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp Trek banner image

Three Passes Trek Solo

Three Passes Trek image from ranjola pass

Everest Base Camp Trek

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Accomodation

Culture & tradition.

  • Responsible Tourism
  • Community Homestay
  • rato matsyendranath
  • boudhanath stupa
  • E-magazines

The best of Inside Himalayas delivered straight to your inbox. Sign up for the latest stories.

Please leave this field empty.

Get the latest edition of Inside Himalayas on your doorstep.

Select Country Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cabo Verde Cambodia Cameroon Canada Central African Republic (CAR) Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Cote d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czechia Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Eswatini (formerly Swaziland) Ethiopia Fiji Finland France Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Grenada Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar (formerly Burma) Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria North Korea North Macedonia (formerly Macedonia) Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Korea South Sudan Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Timor-Leste Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates (UAE) United Kingdom (UK) United States of America (USA) Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City (Holy See) Venezuela Vietnam Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe

  • 19 September, 2018

Trekking the Everest Three High Passes Trek Backwards

Inside Himalayas

There are many reasons people choose to visit the Everest region of Nepal. The Everest Three High Passes Trek is one of the classic treks there. Many trekkers make it their mission to cross the infamous ‘high passes’ in addition to reaching Everest Base Camp. Stunning and unparalleled mountain views, including the giants of Everest, Ama Dablam and Lhotse, can be seen. The passes are challenging, and offer an opportunity to acclimatise before reaching Base Camp and Kalapathar.

Culture is found in abundance and trekkers are sure to enjoy Sherpa hospitality and potato pancakes, as well as a landscape dotted with Buddhist stupas and colourful prayer-flags. The region enjoys a unique balance between remoteness and comfort. There are no roads in the area (unlike the Annapurna or Mustang regions), yet the accessible trails traversed regularly by porters and yaks ensure that even in the higher regions, you can still get eggs for breakfast every morning and hot showers on demand. The Everest Three High Passes trek is both challenging yet possible. There is no shortage of information about why the trek is one of the most popular treks in the Himalaya. However, I’m going to explain why you should buck the trend and consider doing the Three High Passes Trek ‘backwards’.

The classic itinerary, the one you read about in most guidebooks, is anti-clockwise. Why? Touted as a ‘challenging trek’, it is thought to be somewhat easier to cross the passes anti-clockwise, as ascents tend to be slightly less steep that way around. Additionally, old habits die hard: there is now such a tradition of traversing anti-clockwise that few people seem to give much thought to completing it clockwise. When researching my itinerary I had also assumed that it must just be preferable to complete it clockwise. But some dedicated investigation both of literature and on the ground revealed the many merits of completing the circuit clockwise.

Trekking the Everest Three High Passes Trek Backwards

View of Gokyo Lake from the top of Renjo La Pass. Photo by Hannah Straw.

For most, the highlight of this trip is Everest Base Camp. Completing the Three High Passes Trek in a clockwise direction will mean that by the time you reach Gorakshep, the hopping-off point for Base Camp, you will have crossed two out of the three high passes. Therefore, you will be better acclimatised and more likely able to enjoy the stunning views at Kalapathar and Everest Base Camp. Additionally, if the ‘goal’ of your trek is Everest Base Camp, it can be difficult to muster the energy and enthusiasm to tackle two challenging 5000-plus-metre passes after you have achieved your main objective. Completing the trek in the clockwise direction means that each pass you accomplish puts you closer to your goal, both geographically and physically, as your blood thickens with oxygenated cells. The early-morning get up required to see the first shafts of light tickle Everest is much easier if you’re better acclimatised.

Another consideration is the alternative perspective the clockwise trek gives to the classic Everest-region views. For instance, the classic anti-clockwise route would have you climbing Renjo La with the glistening Gokyo Lake behind you, and then a perfectly decent but hardly spectacular view down the valley to Lumde once you’re over the pass. Turning the trek around, however, means you are rewarded with views of the main lake at Gokyo from the top of Renjo La. You can enjoy the descent all the way to your resting point in the village of Gokyo, as the lake’s sparkling waters appear to widen as you get ever closer. As your first ‘high pass’ of the trek, this is a really unbeatable view, and a perfect reward for a challenging yet accessible climb from Lumde. From Gokyo, take a stroll to the nearby Scoundrel’s Viewpoint for fantastic views of Everest, minus the crowds of Kalapathar. It’s a very worthwhile activity for filling a ‘rest day’ in Gokyo village.

There is an important practical reason for doing the Three Passes Trek in a clockwise direction. The movement of the glacier near Lobuche has dismantled parts of the path to and from the Kongma La, and tracks that appear on GPS or paper maps can become outdated very quickly. Anti-clockwise trekkers will find themselves crossing the glacier late in the afternoon, after a tiring day of ascending and descending Kongma La from Chukkung. Crossing the glacier in dwindling light and being unsure where the path actually leads can increase the risk and difficulty of the section. We heard about a group requiring rescue near midnight during our trek. A clockwise trek, however, will have you crossing the glacier directly out of Lobuche early in the morning, when you are fresh and have daylight to spare for the best visibility. You could also see if any guides in Lobuche are available for a few hours in the morning to help you find your way over the glacier.

Trekking the Everest Three High Passes Trek Backwards

View of Everest from Scoundrel’s Viewpoint, near Gokyo village. Photo by Hannah Straw.

Trekking clockwise and starting early, you should reach the top of Kongma La Pass by late morning. From the top, you will be greeted by majestic views of Ama Dablam, which will accompany you all the way to your resting point of Chukkung village. Taking the pass in the usual anti-clockwise direction, starting from Chukkung, would put these glorious views behind you. Don’t forget to climb Chukkung Ri early morning after sleeping in Chukkung, for views that are almost as good as Kalapathar!

Many people skip the accessible visit to Ama Dablam Base Camp in their rush to reach the more famous Everest Base Camp. Following the clockwise route, you could consider adding Ama Dablam Base Camp as a side trip to your itinerary on your way out of the region, when you are more relaxed for time. It can be achieved in a morning from Pangboche: leave your bags at the lodge and return for lunch before continuing to Tengboche. Ama Dablam Base Camp as part of a clockwise High Passes Trek is your final ‘big visit’ and a lovely way to say goodbye to the Himalaya.

The final argument for the clockwise route is that you can beat the crowds from this direction, or at least, meet them head-on. The Everest region can get very busy during peak tourist seasons, and it can be frustrating to end up stuck behind a large tour group, trying to find space to overtake. Taking the High Passes route in a clockwise direction means you tend to encounter these large groups head-on, which makes passing them much easier. Also, by taking the route clockwise, you may often end up at your sleeping location before the main crowds arrive from the other direction, giving you a greater choice of lodges.

A clockwise version of the Three Passes Tre is better completed by those who are already reasonably acclimatised, otherwise the crossing of Renjo La (your first pass on the clockwise route) can be rather challenging. Alternatively, you can build into your itinerary a rest day in Namche Bazar, from which some excellent side trails with views of Everest could be explored. You could also break your walk to Lumde by overnighting at a lodge en route.

In Nepal, temples and stupas are usually circumambulated in a clockwise direction, so you can think of your clockwise trek as a ‘kora’, or a pilgrimage of this fascinating and beautiful region.

Article by Hannah Straw.

Top image: Stefanos Nikologianis/Flickr

Tags: three high passes trekking in Everest region trekking in nepal

  • AMY BARTLETT
  • 22 November 2018 | 04:40

Thank you so much Hannah Straw. What an inspiration. We followed this itinerary recently in October and had a wonderful trek. So many beautiful sights! Thanks for your insight

  • 24 September 2018 | 04:09

its amazing, i would go and feel the same as you are feeling. Its my dream to go once in whole life. Thanks for sharing good informative post.

  • 22 September 2018 | 10:11

Awesome post sir…thanks for the information

Leave a reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

  • submit comment

ISSUE 8 | 2024

Related articles.

  • 05 June, 2024

Into the World of Succulents With Sharad Bhimsaria

  • 03 June, 2024

The Hidden Wonders of Nar Phu Valley: Beyond the Annapurna Circuit

  • 23 May, 2024

Boudhanath Stupa

  • 15 May, 2024

The Legendary Tale of Rato Machindranath Jatra

  • 11 May, 2024

Breaking Down Barriers: Planeterra’s Global Community Tourism Network

  • 02 May, 2024

Finding the Sacred Waters of Nepal

  • 24 April, 2024

Biska Jatra Festival: An Iconic Chariot Tradition Uniting Thousands

  • 15 April, 2024

Sustainable Tourism in Nepal: Inside the Mind of Shiva Dhakal

  • 13 April, 2024

The Safest Asian Country for Rainbow Tourists

  • 27 March, 2024

Hiti Tales: The stories behind Kathmandu’s ancient Water Spouts

  • Africa & the Middle East

Hikers in Thorong, during the Annapurnas Tour

  • The Three Passes Trek
  • Kandoo Trekking

Nepal - Three Passes Trek Route Map

Contact our UK team

Our local team

Kandoo's view, trip highlights.

  • An amazingly scenic circular route, climbing three peaks
  • Cross the challenging Renjo La, Cho La and Kongma La Passes
  • Lodge-based accommodation

Experiences

Hikers crossing Cho la Pass in the Khumbu region

ARRIVE IN KATHMANDU

All trekkers need to organise their own flights to Kathmandu International Airport (KTM). From the airport we will arrange a private transfer to your hotel. That night you will meet your local Kandoo representative and have a full pre-trek briefing

  • Accomodation: Hotel

FLIGHT TO LUKLA – TREK TO PHAKDING

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla takes 45 minutes and is an adventure in itself with great views of the Everest region and ending with a hair-raising landing on a steep mountain runway. After meeting our crew, we will start our trek by heading up the Dudh Koshi Valley on a well- marked trail to Phakding.

  • Transport: Flight (0.8 hour, 136 km)
  • Hiking time: 3 - 4 hours
  • Ascent: 1500 m
  • Descent: 144 m
  • Max. altitude: 2800 m
  • Accomodation: Teahouse
  • Meals included: Breakfast

TREK TO NAMCHE BAZAAR

From Phakding, we cross and re-cross the river on high suspension bridges. Beyond Monjo is the entrance to the Sagarmatha National Park. We then ascend steeply to Namche and along the way, if the weather permits, catch the first glimpse of Mt Everest. Namche Bazaar is the main trading village in Khumbu and has a busy Saturday market. You can enjoy an Illy coffee and amazing brownies here!

  • Hiking time: 6 - 7 hours
  • Ascent: 794 m
  • Max. altitude: 3450 m

ACCLIMATISATION IN NAMCHE

Namche is tucked away between two ridges and has lots of lodges, tea shops and souvenir shops. Today we will trek up to the Everest View Hotel at 3880m for our first view of Ama Dablam and Mount Everest. Following the ‘walk high, sleep low’ principle, this hike will really help with your acclimatisation.

  • Ascent: 430 m
  • Descent: 430 m
  • Max. altitude: 3880 m

TREK TO THAME

The trail now splits from the popular base camp route and heads north-west to the village of Thame where you will be staying the night. Take some time here to learn a bit about the local traditions and their intrinsic connection with the mountain on which you are standing.

  • Hiking time: 4 - 5 hours
  • Ascent: 434 m
  • Max. altitude: 3884 m

TREK TO LUNGDEN

Today we will start to climb back up to higher altitude heading up the valley to Lungden. Make sure you have your camera at the ready as the higher you go the views across the snow-capped peaks in the region just get better and better.

  • Ascent: 496 m
  • Max. altitude: 4380 m

TREK TO GOKYO VIA RENJO LA PASS

Today wewill encounter the first of the Three Passes – Renjo La. The route starts off gently but will soon turn into a hard day of hiking as we near the end of the ascent to Renjo La. Try to think of the magnificent views you will get at the top to motivate you! After the pass, we will descend to the third of the beautiful turquoise Gokyo Lakes and then trek onto the village of Gokyo for the night.

  • Hiking time: 7 - 8 hours
  • Ascent: 1008 m
  • Descent: 638 m
  • Max. altitude: 5388 m

ASCENT OF GOKYO RI

Today you climb your first peak, Gokyo Ri, for fabulous views of Cho Oyu. We start the climb early and then have the rest of the day to rest to help our acclimatisation. If we still have energy, then later in the day we can hike up some of the surrounding moraine ridges and enjoy the views. As a treat for all our hard work we can then tuck into some delicious cake from the wonderful Gokyo bakery.

  • Ascent: 733 m
  • Descent: 733 m
  • Max. altitude: 5483 m

TREK TO TRAGNAG

We leave Gokyo to cross the Ngozumpa Glacier. We descend to the second lake and drop down onto the glacier. The route across the glacier is marked by cairns and is generally quite well defined. We climb off the glacier and follow a shallow valley to Tragnag.

  • Descent: 60 m
  • Max. altitude: 4750 m

TREK TO DZONGLA VIA CHO LA PASS

An early start is required today to cross the Cho La Pass and make the long descent to Dzongla. Continuing up the valley, we cross a ridge and an old lateral moraine, before beginning the rocky scramble to the pass. From the top there are excellent views, across to the Rolwaling Valley in the west and Ama Dablam to the south east. The descent from here involves crossing a small glacier which is fairly straightforward. There are more excellent views of Ama Dablam and Cholatse as we descend.

  • Ascent: 730 m
  • Descent: 590 m
  • Max. altitude: 5420 m

TREK TO LOBUCHE

The way to Lobuche contours the grassy slopes above a lake, the Tshola Tsho, to join up with the main Everest trail from Pheriche and Tengboche. The trail flattens out and follows the valley on the west side of the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche.

  • Ascent: 98 m
  • Descent: 4928 m

TREK TO GORAK SHEP – EVEREST BASE CAMP – GORAK SHEP

To reach Everest Base Camp, we follow the Khumbu Glacier. The trail offers superb views of the surrounding mountains, especially where the path is forced to rise to cross a tributary glacier. We stop at Gorak Shep before making our way to Base Camp itself. This takes several hours as the trail weaves its way through ice pinnacles and crevasses of the Khumbu Glacier.

  • Hiking time: 8 - 9 hours
  • Ascent: 436 m
  • Descent: 200 m
  • Max. altitude: 5364 m

ASCENT OF KALA PATTAR - TREK TO LOBUCHE

An early morning start is needed to summit the trekking peak of Kala Pattar – the iconic viewpoint of Everest. After snapping some pics, we head back to Gorak Shep for a quick meal before descending further to Lobuche for the night.

  • Ascent: 390 m
  • Descent: 626 m
  • Max. altitude: 5554 m

TREK TO CHUKHUNG VIA KONGMA LA PASS

We leave the classic base camp route today as we head east through the Khumbu Glacier to reach the third and final pass of the trip – Kongma La. At 5,535m the pass is the highest of the three. After a tiring ascent to the top, we descend into the Chukhung Valley and eventually to the village of Chukhung where we will stay in the lodge overnight.

  • Ascent: 607 m
  • Descent: 785 m
  • Max. altitude: 5535 m

ASCENT OF CHUKHUNG RI - TREK TO DINGBOCHE

Today we will climb Chukhung Ri - the hardest of the three peaks on this trek which involves some easy scrambling near the summit. The views from the top down the Khumbu Valley are superb. We descend to Dingboche.

  • Ascent: 800 m
  • Descent: 1190 m
  • Max. altitude: 5550 m

TREK TO KYANGJUMA

We now descend back to the main Everest trail through Pangboche before climbing to the monastery at Tengboche. From Tengboche we make a steep descent before climbing back up to Kyangjuma where we will stay overnight in a lodge.

  • Descent: 696 m
  • Max. altitude: 4360 m

TREK TO PHAKDING

We continue through Namche Bazaar, descend Namche Hill and cross the Dudh Koshi. We will trek back along familiar paths to Phakding where we will stay the night.

  • Descent: 1008 m
  • Max. altitude: 3664 m

TREK TO LUKLA

Our final day's trekking follows the Dudh Koshi back down to Lukla. This last evening in the mountains is the ideal opportunity for a farewell party with the Sherpa guides and porters, where you can look back on a memorable trekking experience.

  • Ascent: 144 m

RETURN TO KATHMANDU

After an early breakfast, we will begin our return journey to Kathmandu.

FREE DAY IN KATHMANDU

A free day in Kathmandu to explore the city at your leisure

DEPART FROM KATHMANDU

We will collect you from your hotel and transfer you to Kathmandu Airport for your departing flight.

Trip information

Formalities & health, equipment & clothing.

Treks in the Himalaya present a substantial physical challenge , and the more fit you are before you start, the more you will enjoy your trek. However, the number one most important thing to cultivate is mental toughness . Most of the people who trek in the Himalaya aren’t professional athletes or mountain climbers; they are average people with an unusual degree of determination.

If you are comfortable walking for 7-8 hours with an ascent of 1000m every day for two weeks then you are certainly fit enough to succeed on this trek. We find that all successful hikers share a real  Kandoo  attitude and that means high levels of grit and determination. 

Food & drink

You choose what you want to eat at the lodges, and settle your own bill in the morning. While you can eat heartily for very little money at any lodge, we do recommend that you budget £20 to £25 ($30 to $35) per day for meals and drinks. This will ensure that you not only have plenty of food, but that you enjoy it a lot more. Where once there was a choice of perhaps 5 different rice or lentil based meals at any one lodge, most now offer a wide menu of 40 or more choices from the basic (such as dhal bhat) to the sophisticated (yak steak with blue cheese sauce).Please note that we prefer some of the more expensive lodges, so the prices are higher than they might be at more spartan facilities.

One word of advice, place your meal order as soon as you can upon arriving at the lodge as it is strictly ‘first ordered, first served’, and the best lodges are quite busy at meal times.

Accommodation

Trekking in Nepal is more popular than ever. As a result, the standard of accommodation available on most of the trek routes has improved dramatically. Where there were once simple peasant huts, large hostels have been built featuring running water, indoor toilets (some en-suite) and electricity. However, while internet access, charging facilities and hot water are available, you will need to pay to use them - if you plan on using the internet and showering every day, then you should budget around $10 per day.

However, development is still ongoing, and as you get higher into the mountains the lodges become more basic. Furnishing is generally fairly spartan, and most rooms feature little more than a bench bed and a thin mattress, so your sleeping kit will probably see some early use. Showers are not always available and it tends to be just the communal areas that are heated. 

The exception to that rule is Namche. Namche features some really great lodges, including the Hil-Ten (this is not a region that makes much of copyright infringement) and if you are in need of refreshment there both Illy and Lavazza coffee are available

Kandoo has a list of lodges that we prefer to work with, all of which are regularly inspected to ensure the best quality rooms available. Even at the worst, they are clean and well-kept. When the route is busy, we send a porter ahead to hire rooms for the night, as they cannot be reserved in advance.

The general standard of driving throughout Nepal is poor and badly regulated . Roads in Kathmandu are very congested, many drivers are not properly licensed and vehicles are poorly maintained. During the monsoon season (June to September) many roads outside the Kathmandu valley are prone to landslides and may become impassable.

We insist on using a high standard of vehicle and driver for all of our transfers. In Nepal it is not a legal requirement to have seatbelts fitted in the back of vehicles, and while we try to use vehicles that do have rear seatbelts fitted, this cannot always be guaranteed. If you are unhappy about any aspect of the vehicle or the standard of driving, please speak to the driver or our local office.

Duffel bags

You will be provided with a large duffel bag at the pre-trek briefing that will be yours to use for the duration of your trek. Your equipment will then need to be transferred into this bag. If you are travelling with a duffel bag then it is up to you which bag you choose to use for the trek, if you are travelling with a suitcase then this will need to be left at the pre-trek hotel and collected upon your return as our porters need the bags they carry to be flexible. 

All items must be packed in your main equipment bag. They should not be attached to the outside, as we are not responsible if items fall off when the bags are being carried on the trek.

How do I get there?

Budget & change.

If you are relying on a credit or debit card for emergency funds, make sure you tell your card issuer that you will be using it abroad, or you may find that it won't work when you really need it.

We realize that tipping may not be a common practice in all countries but for Nepal it is a standard practice that all operators support. The decision on how much to tip should be determined by how well the team served you while you were on the trek. Tips are always discretionary and if you are not happy with the service you have received you do not have to pay tips. Tips can be made in US dollars or Nepali Rupees. It is very important that US bills be new (less than 10 years old), crisp and untorn.

We are members of the Trekking Agencies Association of Nepal and the Nepal Mountaineering Association, and follow their guidelines when recommending tip levels for guides and porters. We would suggest you budget $175-$225 per trekker for your tip contribution.

We say goodbye to our porters in Lukla before we return to Kathmandu. Any tips that you wish to give to the porters will need to be carried on the trek with you.

Vaccinations

Equipment supplied by kandoo adventures.

We do not have other gear available for rental but there are many places offering gear for rental in Kathmandu and we can recommend a number of places for you. The quality of rental gear is very variable and it is your responsibility to check carefully the condition of any item you rent. We accept no responsibility for the quality of equipment hired. An indication of the likely rental costs is below.

  • Four Season Sleeping Bag - $2 per day
  • Down Jacket - $2 per day
  • Trekking Poles - $1 per day

Most of the rental shops close around 8pm, so if you are arriving on a late flight the day before the trek starts there will not be an opportunity for you to visit a rental store. If you are planning on renting equipment, you need to make sure you have allowed sufficient time at the beginning of your trip.

All rental equipment is included in your overall trekking bag weight, so make sure you have allowed for this when packing your bag at home. A sleeping bag will weigh around 2kg.

Clothing to bring

  • Warm beanie style hat – knitted or fleece
  • Neck gaiter or scarf. It can get dusty in Nepal and the air very cold. A scarf or balaclava comes in useful for keeping dust out and can double as a warm layer for your neck / face!
  • Sun hat – preferably wide-brimmed for protection
  • Sunglasses – high UV protection
  • Headlamp (plus extra batteries)
  • Thermal or fleece base layer (x2)
  • Long sleeve shirt/tshirt – light or medium weight, moisture wicking (x3)
  • Short sleeved shirt/tshirt – lightweight, moisture wicking (x2)
  • Fleece or soft shell jacket (x2)
  • Insulated jacket – down or primaloft
  • Lightweight water/windproof hard shell outer jacket
  • Gloves – lightweight, fleece or quick drying fabric
  • Gloves or mittens – heavyweight, insulated, preferably water resistant
  • Leggings – thermal or fleece base layer (x1)
  • Trekking trousers – light or medium weight (x2) – convertible trousers work well
  • Waterproof hard shell trousers – ski pants work fine (x1)
  • Trekking boots – mid weight with good ankle support
  • Training shoe or similar – to wear around the teahouses
  • Micro-spikes – may be required in snowy conditions
  • Mid-weight trekking socks (x5 pairs)
  • Breathable, high-wicking liner socks (x3 pairs)
  • Thermal trekking socks for upper reaches of your trek (x1 pair)

Equipment to bring

  • Small Rucksack or Daypack (30-40 litres) to carry water and personal items
  • Sleeping bag (4 season or -10 Deg C) and compression sack
  • Trekking poles
  • Water bottle or hydration bag – must be able to carry 1.5-2L of water

OTHER ACCESSORIES

  • Sunscreen and lip balm - high SPF
  • Toiletries, including toilet paper, wet wipes and hand sanitiser – please carry all rubbish back off the trail
  • Camera and spare batteries
  • Plug adapter, for charging devices in teahouses and hotels
  • Personal medication and first aid kit
  • Personal snacks and energy bars – dried fruit and nuts are also a good source of energy
  • Isotonic drink powder / energy drink powder to mix in with your water. This improves flavour and helps replace electrolytes
  • Microfibre towel for wiping hands and face each day
  • Ear plugs, if you are a light sleeper
  • Pee bottle, useful for late night toilet needs
  • Dry bag (only required if your main duffle bag is not waterproof)

Dates & prices

Want to ask us a question or book a private trip? Don't hesitate to contact us!

Price includes

  • Your hotel stay for one night before and two nights after the trek
  • All airport transfers
  • Return flight between Kathmandu and Lukla
  • National Park entry and TIMS fees
  • A fully supported trek with a qualified mountain guide
  • All drinking water on the trek
  • Teahouse accommodation on a room only basis
  • Access to emergency oxygen and first aid kit

Price does not include

  • International airfares and visas
  • Tips for your guides and porters
  • Personal items
  • Travel insurance (you must be insured, and specifically for treks up to 6000m)
  • Your personal trekking gear
  • Your personal medicines or prescriptions
  • Meals and drinks on the trek
  • Meals and drinks in Kathmandu (breakfast is included)
  • Additional hotel nights before or after your climb

Crocodile in Chitwan National Park

Chitwan National Park 3-day extension

You may also like.

Annapurna Sanctuary

The Annapurna Sanctuary

  • from $1,555

View from the summit of the Island Peak, Nepal

Everest Base Camp and Island Peak

  • from $3,575

Annapurna luxuriant balconies

Poon Hill Trek

  • from $1,365

Tibetan nomad and caravan of yaks

Changtang Lakes to Spiti Valley

  • from $3,385

Markha Valley and Kang Yatse II

Markha Valley and Kang Yatse II

  • from $2,335

Mount Everest

Everest Base Camp

  • from $1,725

High village in Bhutan

The Chomolhari Trek

  • from $4,095

Snowman trek in Bhutan

The Snowman Trek

  • from $12,345

 alt=

IMAGES

  1. Three Passes & EBC 8 day solo trek (clockwise) + Island Peak

    3 passes trek clockwise

  2. Everest Three Passes Trek (Clockwise)

    3 passes trek clockwise

  3. How to Do the Everest Three Passes Trek Solo

    3 passes trek clockwise

  4. The Three Passes Trek

    3 passes trek clockwise

  5. Three Pass Trek Map The Most Interactive Map Available, 48% OFF

    3 passes trek clockwise

  6. Three Pass Trek Map

    3 passes trek clockwise

VIDEO

  1. PCT 2023 Thru-Hike Vlog Ep 17: McDonalds and Cajon Pass

  2. 3 Passes Trek

  3. Trek Dual Sport 3 Gen 5 Detailed Review

  4. PCT 2023 Thru-Hike Vlog Ep 73: Kennedy Meadows North

  5. RENJO LA, NEPAL

  6. Mountain Bike Clemson SC New Trail Check-in and Out

COMMENTS

  1. Three Passes Trek to Everest Base Camp

    This guide covers the clockwise variation of the Three Passes Trek circuit by providing a detailed itinerary, route maps as well as answering questions on cost, packing, best times to trek and more. ... Hi Gopal, it's possible to complete the 3 passes trek in 15 days, but the risk of altitude sickness (unless you are pre-acclimatised) is ...

  2. Three High Passes Trek in Clockwise Direction Vs Counter Clock Wise

    The Everest Three High Passes Trek is a challenging and rewarding trek that takes you through the beautiful Khumbu region of Nepal. The Everest Three High Passes Trek covers three high mountain passes: Kongma La (5,535m), Cho La (5,420m), and Renjo La (5,360m). One of the main decisions you need to make when planning the Everest Three High Passes Trek is whether to do it in a clockwise or ...

  3. Three Passes Trek: Ultimate Trek in the Everest Region

    The Three Passes trek is the ultimate Everest experience. This route takes in all the highlights—both in terms of mountain views and local Sherpa culture—and combines them into a complete journey through the Everest region. Keep in mind, this trek is one of the most challenging teahouse treks in Nepal. C. Camilla G. Australia.

  4. Everest Three Passes Trek (Nepal): The Essential Guide

    The primary reason for tackling the Three Passes trek in an anti-clockwise direction is to allow for proper acclimatisation. By aiming to cross Kongma La first, you can ascend to high altitude at a sensible rate and incorporate at least two acclimatisation hikes into your itinerary. This greatly minimises your chance of suffering from Acute ...

  5. How to Hike the Everest Three Passes Trek in Nepal (2024)

    Nepal's Three Passes Trek is perhaps the greatest trekking adventure you can have in the Khumbu (Everest) region of Nepal. Also known as the Three High Passes, this loop trek wraps around Sagarmatha National Park, leading trekkers over the Khumbu passes of Kongma La at 5,550 m (18,209 ft), Cho La at 5,420 m (17,782 ft), and Renjo La at 5,360 m (17,560 ft).

  6. Everest Three Passes Trekking Route & Itinerary

    EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK ITINERARY. We have outlined below what we feel is an ideal itinerary for the Everest Three Passes trekking route. This is a 19 day itinerary which includes flying to and from Lukla. We have noted the trekking distance and an approximate trekking time for each day (excluding lunch stops, breaks, etc), as well as stats ...

  7. Everest Three Passes Trek : All you need to know

    At an altitude of 4,380m, Lungden is a key stop for those on the Everest 3 Passes Trek, mainly for those heading towards Renjo La Pass clockwise. The walk from Thame to Lungden takes about four and a half hours. Since the next day involves crossing a high pass, you can take a short hike upon reaching Lungden to prepare better.

  8. Details of Everest Three Passes Trek Map And Itinerary

    Clockwise Everest three passes trek is a fast way to complete the trek, but we at Mountain Rock Trek offer you the counter-clockwise route, which is far better than the clockwise route. This being said, you will follow the Everest three-passes trek map that takes you along the EBC trail up to Dingboche. You take another route from Dingboche to ...

  9. Three Pass Trek Nepal FAQS

    Clockwise vs. counter-clockwise: The clockwise direction is generally recommended for the Everest 3 Passes Trek, allowing for a more gradual ascent and better acclimatisation. Considering Side Trips: Island Peak: For truly adventurous climbers, incorporating Island Peak Climbing into the 3 Passes Trek itinerary is an exciting option.

  10. Everest Three Passes Trek

    The Everest trek over three high passes can be done clockwise and counterclockwise (anti-clockwise). The clockwise direction is more challenging, but the counterclockwise direction is much easier than clockwise. ... Everest 3 High Passes Trek 21 Days Itinerary. Day 01: Arrive in Kathmandu Day 02: Kathmandu Sightseeing and trek Preparation

  11. Three Passes Trek

    The 3 pass trek follows the Everest Base Camp route for a 17-day Trip, which provides some stunning views of the Himalayas and Mount Everest during the trek. ... The best options route is clockwise to do Everest high passes trek that summits Gokyo Ri at 5,420 m (17,782 ft), ...

  12. Guide to Nepal's Three Passes Trek

    The Three Passes Trek in Nepal is in the Everest Region (Sagarmatha National Park) and takes trekkers across three high passes, Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m) - hence, the Three Passes Trek. It's a lollipop loop that can be done starting at Lukla (that scary mountain airport ...

  13. Three Passes Trek Complete Overview

    Day 9: Chukhung - Kongma La Pass - Lobuche. Day 10: Lobuche - Gorak Shep & Trek to Everest Base Camp. Day 11: Kala Patthar & Gorak Shep - Dzongla. Day 12: Dzongla - Cho La Pass - Gokyo. Day 13: Hike up Gokyo Ri. Day 14: Hike to the 4 th & 5 th Gokyo Lakes. Day 15: Gokyo - Renjo La Pass - Lungde.

  14. Everest Three Pass Trek Clockwise

    Everest High Passes Trek is an exhilarating adventure in the Himalayas of Nepal. you can trek along the popular Everest trails discovering unique gems of the Khumbu region, its cultural heritages and its people's hospitability. During your trek, you could cross three high passes in the Everest region - Kongma La Pass (5,535/18,159ft), Cho ...

  15. Three Passes Trek, Province 1, Nepal

    The Three Passes Trek gets it name from the three high passes that trekkers make their way through on this circuit of Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Immerse yourself in the Everest region, surrounded by the world's highest peaks with endless views of landscapes carved by glaciers well above the tree-line.

  16. Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek route

    Kongma La is a challenging mountain pass that's actually higher in elevation than Everest Base Camp. It's also the easternmost and highest of the three passes that make up the EBC and Three Passes trek. With all that in mind, today is a very good day for concentration, crampons and trekking poles, as much of the route is rocky and uneven.

  17. Three Passes Trek, Province 1, Nepal

    The Three Passes Trek gets it name from the three high passes that trekkers make their way through on this circuit of Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Immerse yourself in the Everest region, surrounded by the world's highest peaks with endless views of landscapes carved by glaciers well above the tree-line.

  18. Nepal

    Nepal - 3 Passes trekking adventure. A 12-day travel itinerary with tips for the 3 Passes Trek and the Katmandu area. Being active travel lovers who experience peace and awe in the mountains, Nepal has been on our 'bucket list' for more than 20 years. My husband, who is a professional photographer, suggested the trip when we first met.

  19. Everest Three Passes Trek: Everything You Need To Know

    The Three Pass Trek is one of the major parts of The Great Himalayan Trail. The GHT is a single long-distance trekking trail from east to west across Nepal and includes roughly 1,700 km of hiking paths. Check out this cool short video from Luca and Liz. Three Passes Trek and Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal - 2018. Watch on.

  20. Trekking the Everest Three High Passes Trek Backwards

    Completing the Three High Passes Trek in a clockwise direction will mean that by the time you reach Gorakshep, the hopping-off point for Base Camp, you will have crossed two out of the three high passes. Therefore, you will be better acclimatised and more likely able to enjoy the stunning views at Kalapathar and Everest Base Camp. Additionally ...

  21. Best Time to Everest 3 High Passes Trek, Spring & Autumn Season

    Everest High Pass Trek Itinerary ( Anti-Clockwise) Day 01: Arrival day in Kathmandu (1400m) and transfer to Hotel. Overnight in hotel Day 02: Sightseeing day in Kathmandu. Overnight in hotel Day 03: Early fly to Lukla (2860m) and trek to Phakding (2610m) 3/4 hrs walk. Overnight in tea-house

  22. 3 Pass Trek Nepal; Summit Conquer the Everest Region: Three Pass

    The 3 Pass Trek is one of the toughest trekking routes in Nepal, leading you to Everest Base Camp. ... 3 Passes Trek: Clockwise vs. Anticlockwise. While most travel companies recommend the anticlockwise route for its shorter daily distances, we, along with our experienced guides, believe the clockwise route offers the best experience. ...

  23. The Three Passes Trek

    The Three Passes trek is the toughest Everest base camp trek there is. Taking 21 days in total it is also the longest trek we run in Nepal. So this is one for the really hardened trekker. If you are up to it, the Three Passes trek really offers all the best of the Khumbu region. Starting from the far west in the Dhote Kosi valley it crosses ...